1 //===- ScalarEvolution.cpp - Scalar Evolution Analysis ----------*- C++ -*-===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file contains the implementation of the scalar evolution analysis 11 // engine, which is used primarily to analyze expressions involving induction 12 // variables in loops. 13 // 14 // There are several aspects to this library. First is the representation of 15 // scalar expressions, which are represented as subclasses of the SCEV class. 16 // These classes are used to represent certain types of subexpressions that we 17 // can handle. We only create one SCEV of a particular shape, so 18 // pointer-comparisons for equality are legal. 19 // 20 // One important aspect of the SCEV objects is that they are never cyclic, even 21 // if there is a cycle in the dataflow for an expression (ie, a PHI node). If 22 // the PHI node is one of the idioms that we can represent (e.g., a polynomial 23 // recurrence) then we represent it directly as a recurrence node, otherwise we 24 // represent it as a SCEVUnknown node. 25 // 26 // In addition to being able to represent expressions of various types, we also 27 // have folders that are used to build the *canonical* representation for a 28 // particular expression. These folders are capable of using a variety of 29 // rewrite rules to simplify the expressions. 30 // 31 // Once the folders are defined, we can implement the more interesting 32 // higher-level code, such as the code that recognizes PHI nodes of various 33 // types, computes the execution count of a loop, etc. 34 // 35 // TODO: We should use these routines and value representations to implement 36 // dependence analysis! 37 // 38 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 39 // 40 // There are several good references for the techniques used in this analysis. 41 // 42 // Chains of recurrences -- a method to expedite the evaluation 43 // of closed-form functions 44 // Olaf Bachmann, Paul S. Wang, Eugene V. Zima 45 // 46 // On computational properties of chains of recurrences 47 // Eugene V. Zima 48 // 49 // Symbolic Evaluation of Chains of Recurrences for Loop Optimization 50 // Robert A. van Engelen 51 // 52 // Efficient Symbolic Analysis for Optimizing Compilers 53 // Robert A. van Engelen 54 // 55 // Using the chains of recurrences algebra for data dependence testing and 56 // induction variable substitution 57 // MS Thesis, Johnie Birch 58 // 59 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 60 61 #define DEBUG_TYPE "scalar-evolution" 62 #include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolution.h" 63 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" 64 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 65 #include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h" 66 #include "llvm/Analysis/ConstantFolding.h" 67 #include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h" 68 #include "llvm/Analysis/LoopInfo.h" 69 #include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionExpressions.h" 70 #include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h" 71 #include "llvm/IR/Constants.h" 72 #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h" 73 #include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h" 74 #include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h" 75 #include "llvm/IR/GlobalAlias.h" 76 #include "llvm/IR/GlobalVariable.h" 77 #include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h" 78 #include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h" 79 #include "llvm/IR/Operator.h" 80 #include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h" 81 #include "llvm/Support/ConstantRange.h" 82 #include "llvm/Support/Debug.h" 83 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" 84 #include "llvm/Support/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h" 85 #include "llvm/Support/InstIterator.h" 86 #include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" 87 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 88 #include "llvm/Target/TargetLibraryInfo.h" 89 #include <algorithm> 90 using namespace llvm; 91 92 STATISTIC(NumArrayLenItCounts, 93 "Number of trip counts computed with array length"); 94 STATISTIC(NumTripCountsComputed, 95 "Number of loops with predictable loop counts"); 96 STATISTIC(NumTripCountsNotComputed, 97 "Number of loops without predictable loop counts"); 98 STATISTIC(NumBruteForceTripCountsComputed, 99 "Number of loops with trip counts computed by force"); 100 101 static cl::opt<unsigned> 102 MaxBruteForceIterations("scalar-evolution-max-iterations", cl::ReallyHidden, 103 cl::desc("Maximum number of iterations SCEV will " 104 "symbolically execute a constant " 105 "derived loop"), 106 cl::init(100)); 107 108 // FIXME: Enable this with XDEBUG when the test suite is clean. 109 static cl::opt<bool> 110 VerifySCEV("verify-scev", 111 cl::desc("Verify ScalarEvolution's backedge taken counts (slow)")); 112 113 INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(ScalarEvolution, "scalar-evolution", 114 "Scalar Evolution Analysis", false, true) 115 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(LoopInfo) 116 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(DominatorTreeWrapperPass) 117 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(TargetLibraryInfo) 118 INITIALIZE_PASS_END(ScalarEvolution, "scalar-evolution", 119 "Scalar Evolution Analysis", false, true) 120 char ScalarEvolution::ID = 0; 121 122 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 123 // SCEV class definitions 124 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 125 126 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 127 // Implementation of the SCEV class. 128 // 129 130 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP) 131 void SCEV::dump() const { 132 print(dbgs()); 133 dbgs() << '\n'; 134 } 135 #endif 136 137 void SCEV::print(raw_ostream &OS) const { 138 switch (getSCEVType()) { 139 case scConstant: 140 cast<SCEVConstant>(this)->getValue()->printAsOperand(OS, false); 141 return; 142 case scTruncate: { 143 const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc = cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(this); 144 const SCEV *Op = Trunc->getOperand(); 145 OS << "(trunc " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to " 146 << *Trunc->getType() << ")"; 147 return; 148 } 149 case scZeroExtend: { 150 const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(this); 151 const SCEV *Op = ZExt->getOperand(); 152 OS << "(zext " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to " 153 << *ZExt->getType() << ")"; 154 return; 155 } 156 case scSignExtend: { 157 const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(this); 158 const SCEV *Op = SExt->getOperand(); 159 OS << "(sext " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to " 160 << *SExt->getType() << ")"; 161 return; 162 } 163 case scAddRecExpr: { 164 const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(this); 165 OS << "{" << *AR->getOperand(0); 166 for (unsigned i = 1, e = AR->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 167 OS << ",+," << *AR->getOperand(i); 168 OS << "}<"; 169 if (AR->getNoWrapFlags(FlagNUW)) 170 OS << "nuw><"; 171 if (AR->getNoWrapFlags(FlagNSW)) 172 OS << "nsw><"; 173 if (AR->getNoWrapFlags(FlagNW) && 174 !AR->getNoWrapFlags((NoWrapFlags)(FlagNUW | FlagNSW))) 175 OS << "nw><"; 176 AR->getLoop()->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false); 177 OS << ">"; 178 return; 179 } 180 case scAddExpr: 181 case scMulExpr: 182 case scUMaxExpr: 183 case scSMaxExpr: { 184 const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(this); 185 const char *OpStr = 0; 186 switch (NAry->getSCEVType()) { 187 case scAddExpr: OpStr = " + "; break; 188 case scMulExpr: OpStr = " * "; break; 189 case scUMaxExpr: OpStr = " umax "; break; 190 case scSMaxExpr: OpStr = " smax "; break; 191 } 192 OS << "("; 193 for (SCEVNAryExpr::op_iterator I = NAry->op_begin(), E = NAry->op_end(); 194 I != E; ++I) { 195 OS << **I; 196 if (llvm::next(I) != E) 197 OS << OpStr; 198 } 199 OS << ")"; 200 switch (NAry->getSCEVType()) { 201 case scAddExpr: 202 case scMulExpr: 203 if (NAry->getNoWrapFlags(FlagNUW)) 204 OS << "<nuw>"; 205 if (NAry->getNoWrapFlags(FlagNSW)) 206 OS << "<nsw>"; 207 } 208 return; 209 } 210 case scUDivExpr: { 211 const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(this); 212 OS << "(" << *UDiv->getLHS() << " /u " << *UDiv->getRHS() << ")"; 213 return; 214 } 215 case scUnknown: { 216 const SCEVUnknown *U = cast<SCEVUnknown>(this); 217 Type *AllocTy; 218 if (U->isSizeOf(AllocTy)) { 219 OS << "sizeof(" << *AllocTy << ")"; 220 return; 221 } 222 if (U->isAlignOf(AllocTy)) { 223 OS << "alignof(" << *AllocTy << ")"; 224 return; 225 } 226 227 Type *CTy; 228 Constant *FieldNo; 229 if (U->isOffsetOf(CTy, FieldNo)) { 230 OS << "offsetof(" << *CTy << ", "; 231 FieldNo->printAsOperand(OS, false); 232 OS << ")"; 233 return; 234 } 235 236 // Otherwise just print it normally. 237 U->getValue()->printAsOperand(OS, false); 238 return; 239 } 240 case scCouldNotCompute: 241 OS << "***COULDNOTCOMPUTE***"; 242 return; 243 default: break; 244 } 245 llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!"); 246 } 247 248 Type *SCEV::getType() const { 249 switch (getSCEVType()) { 250 case scConstant: 251 return cast<SCEVConstant>(this)->getType(); 252 case scTruncate: 253 case scZeroExtend: 254 case scSignExtend: 255 return cast<SCEVCastExpr>(this)->getType(); 256 case scAddRecExpr: 257 case scMulExpr: 258 case scUMaxExpr: 259 case scSMaxExpr: 260 return cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(this)->getType(); 261 case scAddExpr: 262 return cast<SCEVAddExpr>(this)->getType(); 263 case scUDivExpr: 264 return cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(this)->getType(); 265 case scUnknown: 266 return cast<SCEVUnknown>(this)->getType(); 267 case scCouldNotCompute: 268 llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!"); 269 default: 270 llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!"); 271 } 272 } 273 274 bool SCEV::isZero() const { 275 if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(this)) 276 return SC->getValue()->isZero(); 277 return false; 278 } 279 280 bool SCEV::isOne() const { 281 if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(this)) 282 return SC->getValue()->isOne(); 283 return false; 284 } 285 286 bool SCEV::isAllOnesValue() const { 287 if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(this)) 288 return SC->getValue()->isAllOnesValue(); 289 return false; 290 } 291 292 /// isNonConstantNegative - Return true if the specified scev is negated, but 293 /// not a constant. 294 bool SCEV::isNonConstantNegative() const { 295 const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(this); 296 if (!Mul) return false; 297 298 // If there is a constant factor, it will be first. 299 const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0)); 300 if (!SC) return false; 301 302 // Return true if the value is negative, this matches things like (-42 * V). 303 return SC->getValue()->getValue().isNegative(); 304 } 305 306 SCEVCouldNotCompute::SCEVCouldNotCompute() : 307 SCEV(FoldingSetNodeIDRef(), scCouldNotCompute) {} 308 309 bool SCEVCouldNotCompute::classof(const SCEV *S) { 310 return S->getSCEVType() == scCouldNotCompute; 311 } 312 313 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getConstant(ConstantInt *V) { 314 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 315 ID.AddInteger(scConstant); 316 ID.AddPointer(V); 317 void *IP = 0; 318 if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S; 319 SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVConstant(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), V); 320 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 321 return S; 322 } 323 324 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getConstant(const APInt &Val) { 325 return getConstant(ConstantInt::get(getContext(), Val)); 326 } 327 328 const SCEV * 329 ScalarEvolution::getConstant(Type *Ty, uint64_t V, bool isSigned) { 330 IntegerType *ITy = cast<IntegerType>(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty)); 331 return getConstant(ConstantInt::get(ITy, V, isSigned)); 332 } 333 334 SCEVCastExpr::SCEVCastExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID, 335 unsigned SCEVTy, const SCEV *op, Type *ty) 336 : SCEV(ID, SCEVTy), Op(op), Ty(ty) {} 337 338 SCEVTruncateExpr::SCEVTruncateExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID, 339 const SCEV *op, Type *ty) 340 : SCEVCastExpr(ID, scTruncate, op, ty) { 341 assert((Op->getType()->isIntegerTy() || Op->getType()->isPointerTy()) && 342 (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) && 343 "Cannot truncate non-integer value!"); 344 } 345 346 SCEVZeroExtendExpr::SCEVZeroExtendExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID, 347 const SCEV *op, Type *ty) 348 : SCEVCastExpr(ID, scZeroExtend, op, ty) { 349 assert((Op->getType()->isIntegerTy() || Op->getType()->isPointerTy()) && 350 (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) && 351 "Cannot zero extend non-integer value!"); 352 } 353 354 SCEVSignExtendExpr::SCEVSignExtendExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID, 355 const SCEV *op, Type *ty) 356 : SCEVCastExpr(ID, scSignExtend, op, ty) { 357 assert((Op->getType()->isIntegerTy() || Op->getType()->isPointerTy()) && 358 (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) && 359 "Cannot sign extend non-integer value!"); 360 } 361 362 void SCEVUnknown::deleted() { 363 // Clear this SCEVUnknown from various maps. 364 SE->forgetMemoizedResults(this); 365 366 // Remove this SCEVUnknown from the uniquing map. 367 SE->UniqueSCEVs.RemoveNode(this); 368 369 // Release the value. 370 setValPtr(0); 371 } 372 373 void SCEVUnknown::allUsesReplacedWith(Value *New) { 374 // Clear this SCEVUnknown from various maps. 375 SE->forgetMemoizedResults(this); 376 377 // Remove this SCEVUnknown from the uniquing map. 378 SE->UniqueSCEVs.RemoveNode(this); 379 380 // Update this SCEVUnknown to point to the new value. This is needed 381 // because there may still be outstanding SCEVs which still point to 382 // this SCEVUnknown. 383 setValPtr(New); 384 } 385 386 bool SCEVUnknown::isSizeOf(Type *&AllocTy) const { 387 if (ConstantExpr *VCE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(getValue())) 388 if (VCE->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt) 389 if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(VCE->getOperand(0))) 390 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr && 391 CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue() && 392 CE->getNumOperands() == 2) 393 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CE->getOperand(1))) 394 if (CI->isOne()) { 395 AllocTy = cast<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType()) 396 ->getElementType(); 397 return true; 398 } 399 400 return false; 401 } 402 403 bool SCEVUnknown::isAlignOf(Type *&AllocTy) const { 404 if (ConstantExpr *VCE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(getValue())) 405 if (VCE->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt) 406 if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(VCE->getOperand(0))) 407 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr && 408 CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue()) { 409 Type *Ty = 410 cast<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())->getElementType(); 411 if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty)) 412 if (!STy->isPacked() && 413 CE->getNumOperands() == 3 && 414 CE->getOperand(1)->isNullValue()) { 415 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CE->getOperand(2))) 416 if (CI->isOne() && 417 STy->getNumElements() == 2 && 418 STy->getElementType(0)->isIntegerTy(1)) { 419 AllocTy = STy->getElementType(1); 420 return true; 421 } 422 } 423 } 424 425 return false; 426 } 427 428 bool SCEVUnknown::isOffsetOf(Type *&CTy, Constant *&FieldNo) const { 429 if (ConstantExpr *VCE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(getValue())) 430 if (VCE->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt) 431 if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(VCE->getOperand(0))) 432 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr && 433 CE->getNumOperands() == 3 && 434 CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue() && 435 CE->getOperand(1)->isNullValue()) { 436 Type *Ty = 437 cast<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())->getElementType(); 438 // Ignore vector types here so that ScalarEvolutionExpander doesn't 439 // emit getelementptrs that index into vectors. 440 if (Ty->isStructTy() || Ty->isArrayTy()) { 441 CTy = Ty; 442 FieldNo = CE->getOperand(2); 443 return true; 444 } 445 } 446 447 return false; 448 } 449 450 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 451 // SCEV Utilities 452 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 453 454 namespace { 455 /// SCEVComplexityCompare - Return true if the complexity of the LHS is less 456 /// than the complexity of the RHS. This comparator is used to canonicalize 457 /// expressions. 458 class SCEVComplexityCompare { 459 const LoopInfo *const LI; 460 public: 461 explicit SCEVComplexityCompare(const LoopInfo *li) : LI(li) {} 462 463 // Return true or false if LHS is less than, or at least RHS, respectively. 464 bool operator()(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) const { 465 return compare(LHS, RHS) < 0; 466 } 467 468 // Return negative, zero, or positive, if LHS is less than, equal to, or 469 // greater than RHS, respectively. A three-way result allows recursive 470 // comparisons to be more efficient. 471 int compare(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) const { 472 // Fast-path: SCEVs are uniqued so we can do a quick equality check. 473 if (LHS == RHS) 474 return 0; 475 476 // Primarily, sort the SCEVs by their getSCEVType(). 477 unsigned LType = LHS->getSCEVType(), RType = RHS->getSCEVType(); 478 if (LType != RType) 479 return (int)LType - (int)RType; 480 481 // Aside from the getSCEVType() ordering, the particular ordering 482 // isn't very important except that it's beneficial to be consistent, 483 // so that (a + b) and (b + a) don't end up as different expressions. 484 switch (LType) { 485 case scUnknown: { 486 const SCEVUnknown *LU = cast<SCEVUnknown>(LHS); 487 const SCEVUnknown *RU = cast<SCEVUnknown>(RHS); 488 489 // Sort SCEVUnknown values with some loose heuristics. TODO: This is 490 // not as complete as it could be. 491 const Value *LV = LU->getValue(), *RV = RU->getValue(); 492 493 // Order pointer values after integer values. This helps SCEVExpander 494 // form GEPs. 495 bool LIsPointer = LV->getType()->isPointerTy(), 496 RIsPointer = RV->getType()->isPointerTy(); 497 if (LIsPointer != RIsPointer) 498 return (int)LIsPointer - (int)RIsPointer; 499 500 // Compare getValueID values. 501 unsigned LID = LV->getValueID(), 502 RID = RV->getValueID(); 503 if (LID != RID) 504 return (int)LID - (int)RID; 505 506 // Sort arguments by their position. 507 if (const Argument *LA = dyn_cast<Argument>(LV)) { 508 const Argument *RA = cast<Argument>(RV); 509 unsigned LArgNo = LA->getArgNo(), RArgNo = RA->getArgNo(); 510 return (int)LArgNo - (int)RArgNo; 511 } 512 513 // For instructions, compare their loop depth, and their operand 514 // count. This is pretty loose. 515 if (const Instruction *LInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LV)) { 516 const Instruction *RInst = cast<Instruction>(RV); 517 518 // Compare loop depths. 519 const BasicBlock *LParent = LInst->getParent(), 520 *RParent = RInst->getParent(); 521 if (LParent != RParent) { 522 unsigned LDepth = LI->getLoopDepth(LParent), 523 RDepth = LI->getLoopDepth(RParent); 524 if (LDepth != RDepth) 525 return (int)LDepth - (int)RDepth; 526 } 527 528 // Compare the number of operands. 529 unsigned LNumOps = LInst->getNumOperands(), 530 RNumOps = RInst->getNumOperands(); 531 return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps; 532 } 533 534 return 0; 535 } 536 537 case scConstant: { 538 const SCEVConstant *LC = cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS); 539 const SCEVConstant *RC = cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS); 540 541 // Compare constant values. 542 const APInt &LA = LC->getValue()->getValue(); 543 const APInt &RA = RC->getValue()->getValue(); 544 unsigned LBitWidth = LA.getBitWidth(), RBitWidth = RA.getBitWidth(); 545 if (LBitWidth != RBitWidth) 546 return (int)LBitWidth - (int)RBitWidth; 547 return LA.ult(RA) ? -1 : 1; 548 } 549 550 case scAddRecExpr: { 551 const SCEVAddRecExpr *LA = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS); 552 const SCEVAddRecExpr *RA = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS); 553 554 // Compare addrec loop depths. 555 const Loop *LLoop = LA->getLoop(), *RLoop = RA->getLoop(); 556 if (LLoop != RLoop) { 557 unsigned LDepth = LLoop->getLoopDepth(), 558 RDepth = RLoop->getLoopDepth(); 559 if (LDepth != RDepth) 560 return (int)LDepth - (int)RDepth; 561 } 562 563 // Addrec complexity grows with operand count. 564 unsigned LNumOps = LA->getNumOperands(), RNumOps = RA->getNumOperands(); 565 if (LNumOps != RNumOps) 566 return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps; 567 568 // Lexicographically compare. 569 for (unsigned i = 0; i != LNumOps; ++i) { 570 long X = compare(LA->getOperand(i), RA->getOperand(i)); 571 if (X != 0) 572 return X; 573 } 574 575 return 0; 576 } 577 578 case scAddExpr: 579 case scMulExpr: 580 case scSMaxExpr: 581 case scUMaxExpr: { 582 const SCEVNAryExpr *LC = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(LHS); 583 const SCEVNAryExpr *RC = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(RHS); 584 585 // Lexicographically compare n-ary expressions. 586 unsigned LNumOps = LC->getNumOperands(), RNumOps = RC->getNumOperands(); 587 if (LNumOps != RNumOps) 588 return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps; 589 590 for (unsigned i = 0; i != LNumOps; ++i) { 591 if (i >= RNumOps) 592 return 1; 593 long X = compare(LC->getOperand(i), RC->getOperand(i)); 594 if (X != 0) 595 return X; 596 } 597 return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps; 598 } 599 600 case scUDivExpr: { 601 const SCEVUDivExpr *LC = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(LHS); 602 const SCEVUDivExpr *RC = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(RHS); 603 604 // Lexicographically compare udiv expressions. 605 long X = compare(LC->getLHS(), RC->getLHS()); 606 if (X != 0) 607 return X; 608 return compare(LC->getRHS(), RC->getRHS()); 609 } 610 611 case scTruncate: 612 case scZeroExtend: 613 case scSignExtend: { 614 const SCEVCastExpr *LC = cast<SCEVCastExpr>(LHS); 615 const SCEVCastExpr *RC = cast<SCEVCastExpr>(RHS); 616 617 // Compare cast expressions by operand. 618 return compare(LC->getOperand(), RC->getOperand()); 619 } 620 621 default: 622 llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!"); 623 } 624 } 625 }; 626 } 627 628 /// GroupByComplexity - Given a list of SCEV objects, order them by their 629 /// complexity, and group objects of the same complexity together by value. 630 /// When this routine is finished, we know that any duplicates in the vector are 631 /// consecutive and that complexity is monotonically increasing. 632 /// 633 /// Note that we go take special precautions to ensure that we get deterministic 634 /// results from this routine. In other words, we don't want the results of 635 /// this to depend on where the addresses of various SCEV objects happened to 636 /// land in memory. 637 /// 638 static void GroupByComplexity(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops, 639 LoopInfo *LI) { 640 if (Ops.size() < 2) return; // Noop 641 if (Ops.size() == 2) { 642 // This is the common case, which also happens to be trivially simple. 643 // Special case it. 644 const SCEV *&LHS = Ops[0], *&RHS = Ops[1]; 645 if (SCEVComplexityCompare(LI)(RHS, LHS)) 646 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 647 return; 648 } 649 650 // Do the rough sort by complexity. 651 std::stable_sort(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), SCEVComplexityCompare(LI)); 652 653 // Now that we are sorted by complexity, group elements of the same 654 // complexity. Note that this is, at worst, N^2, but the vector is likely to 655 // be extremely short in practice. Note that we take this approach because we 656 // do not want to depend on the addresses of the objects we are grouping. 657 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e-2; ++i) { 658 const SCEV *S = Ops[i]; 659 unsigned Complexity = S->getSCEVType(); 660 661 // If there are any objects of the same complexity and same value as this 662 // one, group them. 663 for (unsigned j = i+1; j != e && Ops[j]->getSCEVType() == Complexity; ++j) { 664 if (Ops[j] == S) { // Found a duplicate. 665 // Move it to immediately after i'th element. 666 std::swap(Ops[i+1], Ops[j]); 667 ++i; // no need to rescan it. 668 if (i == e-2) return; // Done! 669 } 670 } 671 } 672 } 673 674 675 676 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 677 // Simple SCEV method implementations 678 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 679 680 /// BinomialCoefficient - Compute BC(It, K). The result has width W. 681 /// Assume, K > 0. 682 static const SCEV *BinomialCoefficient(const SCEV *It, unsigned K, 683 ScalarEvolution &SE, 684 Type *ResultTy) { 685 // Handle the simplest case efficiently. 686 if (K == 1) 687 return SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(It, ResultTy); 688 689 // We are using the following formula for BC(It, K): 690 // 691 // BC(It, K) = (It * (It - 1) * ... * (It - K + 1)) / K! 692 // 693 // Suppose, W is the bitwidth of the return value. We must be prepared for 694 // overflow. Hence, we must assure that the result of our computation is 695 // equal to the accurate one modulo 2^W. Unfortunately, division isn't 696 // safe in modular arithmetic. 697 // 698 // However, this code doesn't use exactly that formula; the formula it uses 699 // is something like the following, where T is the number of factors of 2 in 700 // K! (i.e. trailing zeros in the binary representation of K!), and ^ is 701 // exponentiation: 702 // 703 // BC(It, K) = (It * (It - 1) * ... * (It - K + 1)) / 2^T / (K! / 2^T) 704 // 705 // This formula is trivially equivalent to the previous formula. However, 706 // this formula can be implemented much more efficiently. The trick is that 707 // K! / 2^T is odd, and exact division by an odd number *is* safe in modular 708 // arithmetic. To do exact division in modular arithmetic, all we have 709 // to do is multiply by the inverse. Therefore, this step can be done at 710 // width W. 711 // 712 // The next issue is how to safely do the division by 2^T. The way this 713 // is done is by doing the multiplication step at a width of at least W + T 714 // bits. This way, the bottom W+T bits of the product are accurate. Then, 715 // when we perform the division by 2^T (which is equivalent to a right shift 716 // by T), the bottom W bits are accurate. Extra bits are okay; they'll get 717 // truncated out after the division by 2^T. 718 // 719 // In comparison to just directly using the first formula, this technique 720 // is much more efficient; using the first formula requires W * K bits, 721 // but this formula less than W + K bits. Also, the first formula requires 722 // a division step, whereas this formula only requires multiplies and shifts. 723 // 724 // It doesn't matter whether the subtraction step is done in the calculation 725 // width or the input iteration count's width; if the subtraction overflows, 726 // the result must be zero anyway. We prefer here to do it in the width of 727 // the induction variable because it helps a lot for certain cases; CodeGen 728 // isn't smart enough to ignore the overflow, which leads to much less 729 // efficient code if the width of the subtraction is wider than the native 730 // register width. 731 // 732 // (It's possible to not widen at all by pulling out factors of 2 before 733 // the multiplication; for example, K=2 can be calculated as 734 // It/2*(It+(It*INT_MIN/INT_MIN)+-1). However, it requires 735 // extra arithmetic, so it's not an obvious win, and it gets 736 // much more complicated for K > 3.) 737 738 // Protection from insane SCEVs; this bound is conservative, 739 // but it probably doesn't matter. 740 if (K > 1000) 741 return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); 742 743 unsigned W = SE.getTypeSizeInBits(ResultTy); 744 745 // Calculate K! / 2^T and T; we divide out the factors of two before 746 // multiplying for calculating K! / 2^T to avoid overflow. 747 // Other overflow doesn't matter because we only care about the bottom 748 // W bits of the result. 749 APInt OddFactorial(W, 1); 750 unsigned T = 1; 751 for (unsigned i = 3; i <= K; ++i) { 752 APInt Mult(W, i); 753 unsigned TwoFactors = Mult.countTrailingZeros(); 754 T += TwoFactors; 755 Mult = Mult.lshr(TwoFactors); 756 OddFactorial *= Mult; 757 } 758 759 // We need at least W + T bits for the multiplication step 760 unsigned CalculationBits = W + T; 761 762 // Calculate 2^T, at width T+W. 763 APInt DivFactor = APInt::getOneBitSet(CalculationBits, T); 764 765 // Calculate the multiplicative inverse of K! / 2^T; 766 // this multiplication factor will perform the exact division by 767 // K! / 2^T. 768 APInt Mod = APInt::getSignedMinValue(W+1); 769 APInt MultiplyFactor = OddFactorial.zext(W+1); 770 MultiplyFactor = MultiplyFactor.multiplicativeInverse(Mod); 771 MultiplyFactor = MultiplyFactor.trunc(W); 772 773 // Calculate the product, at width T+W 774 IntegerType *CalculationTy = IntegerType::get(SE.getContext(), 775 CalculationBits); 776 const SCEV *Dividend = SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(It, CalculationTy); 777 for (unsigned i = 1; i != K; ++i) { 778 const SCEV *S = SE.getMinusSCEV(It, SE.getConstant(It->getType(), i)); 779 Dividend = SE.getMulExpr(Dividend, 780 SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(S, CalculationTy)); 781 } 782 783 // Divide by 2^T 784 const SCEV *DivResult = SE.getUDivExpr(Dividend, SE.getConstant(DivFactor)); 785 786 // Truncate the result, and divide by K! / 2^T. 787 788 return SE.getMulExpr(SE.getConstant(MultiplyFactor), 789 SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(DivResult, ResultTy)); 790 } 791 792 /// evaluateAtIteration - Return the value of this chain of recurrences at 793 /// the specified iteration number. We can evaluate this recurrence by 794 /// multiplying each element in the chain by the binomial coefficient 795 /// corresponding to it. In other words, we can evaluate {A,+,B,+,C,+,D} as: 796 /// 797 /// A*BC(It, 0) + B*BC(It, 1) + C*BC(It, 2) + D*BC(It, 3) 798 /// 799 /// where BC(It, k) stands for binomial coefficient. 800 /// 801 const SCEV *SCEVAddRecExpr::evaluateAtIteration(const SCEV *It, 802 ScalarEvolution &SE) const { 803 const SCEV *Result = getStart(); 804 for (unsigned i = 1, e = getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 805 // The computation is correct in the face of overflow provided that the 806 // multiplication is performed _after_ the evaluation of the binomial 807 // coefficient. 808 const SCEV *Coeff = BinomialCoefficient(It, i, SE, getType()); 809 if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(Coeff)) 810 return Coeff; 811 812 Result = SE.getAddExpr(Result, SE.getMulExpr(getOperand(i), Coeff)); 813 } 814 return Result; 815 } 816 817 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 818 // SCEV Expression folder implementations 819 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 820 821 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getTruncateExpr(const SCEV *Op, 822 Type *Ty) { 823 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) && 824 "This is not a truncating conversion!"); 825 assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && 826 "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!"); 827 Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty); 828 829 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 830 ID.AddInteger(scTruncate); 831 ID.AddPointer(Op); 832 ID.AddPointer(Ty); 833 void *IP = 0; 834 if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S; 835 836 // Fold if the operand is constant. 837 if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op)) 838 return getConstant( 839 cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getTrunc(SC->getValue(), Ty))); 840 841 // trunc(trunc(x)) --> trunc(x) 842 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) 843 return getTruncateExpr(ST->getOperand(), Ty); 844 845 // trunc(sext(x)) --> sext(x) if widening or trunc(x) if narrowing 846 if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SS = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Op)) 847 return getTruncateOrSignExtend(SS->getOperand(), Ty); 848 849 // trunc(zext(x)) --> zext(x) if widening or trunc(x) if narrowing 850 if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op)) 851 return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(SZ->getOperand(), Ty); 852 853 // trunc(x1+x2+...+xN) --> trunc(x1)+trunc(x2)+...+trunc(xN) if we can 854 // eliminate all the truncates. 855 if (const SCEVAddExpr *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Op)) { 856 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands; 857 bool hasTrunc = false; 858 for (unsigned i = 0, e = SA->getNumOperands(); i != e && !hasTrunc; ++i) { 859 const SCEV *S = getTruncateExpr(SA->getOperand(i), Ty); 860 hasTrunc = isa<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S); 861 Operands.push_back(S); 862 } 863 if (!hasTrunc) 864 return getAddExpr(Operands); 865 UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP); // Mutates IP, returns NULL. 866 } 867 868 // trunc(x1*x2*...*xN) --> trunc(x1)*trunc(x2)*...*trunc(xN) if we can 869 // eliminate all the truncates. 870 if (const SCEVMulExpr *SM = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Op)) { 871 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands; 872 bool hasTrunc = false; 873 for (unsigned i = 0, e = SM->getNumOperands(); i != e && !hasTrunc; ++i) { 874 const SCEV *S = getTruncateExpr(SM->getOperand(i), Ty); 875 hasTrunc = isa<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S); 876 Operands.push_back(S); 877 } 878 if (!hasTrunc) 879 return getMulExpr(Operands); 880 UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP); // Mutates IP, returns NULL. 881 } 882 883 // If the input value is a chrec scev, truncate the chrec's operands. 884 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) { 885 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands; 886 for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 887 Operands.push_back(getTruncateExpr(AddRec->getOperand(i), Ty)); 888 return getAddRecExpr(Operands, AddRec->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap); 889 } 890 891 // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node. We can reuse 892 // the existing insert position since if we get here, we won't have 893 // made any changes which would invalidate it. 894 SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVTruncateExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), 895 Op, Ty); 896 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 897 return S; 898 } 899 900 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getZeroExtendExpr(const SCEV *Op, 901 Type *Ty) { 902 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) && 903 "This is not an extending conversion!"); 904 assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && 905 "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!"); 906 Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty); 907 908 // Fold if the operand is constant. 909 if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op)) 910 return getConstant( 911 cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getZExt(SC->getValue(), Ty))); 912 913 // zext(zext(x)) --> zext(x) 914 if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op)) 915 return getZeroExtendExpr(SZ->getOperand(), Ty); 916 917 // Before doing any expensive analysis, check to see if we've already 918 // computed a SCEV for this Op and Ty. 919 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 920 ID.AddInteger(scZeroExtend); 921 ID.AddPointer(Op); 922 ID.AddPointer(Ty); 923 void *IP = 0; 924 if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S; 925 926 // zext(trunc(x)) --> zext(x) or x or trunc(x) 927 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) { 928 // It's possible the bits taken off by the truncate were all zero bits. If 929 // so, we should be able to simplify this further. 930 const SCEV *X = ST->getOperand(); 931 ConstantRange CR = getUnsignedRange(X); 932 unsigned TruncBits = getTypeSizeInBits(ST->getType()); 933 unsigned NewBits = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty); 934 if (CR.truncate(TruncBits).zeroExtend(NewBits).contains( 935 CR.zextOrTrunc(NewBits))) 936 return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(X, Ty); 937 } 938 939 // If the input value is a chrec scev, and we can prove that the value 940 // did not overflow the old, smaller, value, we can zero extend all of the 941 // operands (often constants). This allows analysis of something like 942 // this: for (unsigned char X = 0; X < 100; ++X) { int Y = X; } 943 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) 944 if (AR->isAffine()) { 945 const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart(); 946 const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*this); 947 unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType()); 948 const Loop *L = AR->getLoop(); 949 950 // If we have special knowledge that this addrec won't overflow, 951 // we don't need to do any further analysis. 952 if (AR->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW)) 953 return getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(Start, Ty), 954 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty), 955 L, AR->getNoWrapFlags()); 956 957 // Check whether the backedge-taken count is SCEVCouldNotCompute. 958 // Note that this serves two purposes: It filters out loops that are 959 // simply not analyzable, and it covers the case where this code is 960 // being called from within backedge-taken count analysis, such that 961 // attempting to ask for the backedge-taken count would likely result 962 // in infinite recursion. In the later case, the analysis code will 963 // cope with a conservative value, and it will take care to purge 964 // that value once it has finished. 965 const SCEV *MaxBECount = getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L); 966 if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount)) { 967 // Manually compute the final value for AR, checking for 968 // overflow. 969 970 // Check whether the backedge-taken count can be losslessly casted to 971 // the addrec's type. The count is always unsigned. 972 const SCEV *CastedMaxBECount = 973 getTruncateOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Start->getType()); 974 const SCEV *RecastedMaxBECount = 975 getTruncateOrZeroExtend(CastedMaxBECount, MaxBECount->getType()); 976 if (MaxBECount == RecastedMaxBECount) { 977 Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth * 2); 978 // Check whether Start+Step*MaxBECount has no unsigned overflow. 979 const SCEV *ZMul = getMulExpr(CastedMaxBECount, Step); 980 const SCEV *ZAdd = getZeroExtendExpr(getAddExpr(Start, ZMul), WideTy); 981 const SCEV *WideStart = getZeroExtendExpr(Start, WideTy); 982 const SCEV *WideMaxBECount = 983 getZeroExtendExpr(CastedMaxBECount, WideTy); 984 const SCEV *OperandExtendedAdd = 985 getAddExpr(WideStart, 986 getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount, 987 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, WideTy))); 988 if (ZAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) { 989 // Cache knowledge of AR NUW, which is propagated to this AddRec. 990 const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW); 991 // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside. 992 return getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(Start, Ty), 993 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty), 994 L, AR->getNoWrapFlags()); 995 } 996 // Similar to above, only this time treat the step value as signed. 997 // This covers loops that count down. 998 OperandExtendedAdd = 999 getAddExpr(WideStart, 1000 getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount, 1001 getSignExtendExpr(Step, WideTy))); 1002 if (ZAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) { 1003 // Cache knowledge of AR NW, which is propagated to this AddRec. 1004 // Negative step causes unsigned wrap, but it still can't self-wrap. 1005 const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW); 1006 // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside. 1007 return getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(Start, Ty), 1008 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), 1009 L, AR->getNoWrapFlags()); 1010 } 1011 } 1012 1013 // If the backedge is guarded by a comparison with the pre-inc value 1014 // the addrec is safe. Also, if the entry is guarded by a comparison 1015 // with the start value and the backedge is guarded by a comparison 1016 // with the post-inc value, the addrec is safe. 1017 if (isKnownPositive(Step)) { 1018 const SCEV *N = getConstant(APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth) - 1019 getUnsignedRange(Step).getUnsignedMax()); 1020 if (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, AR, N) || 1021 (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, Start, N) && 1022 isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, 1023 AR->getPostIncExpr(*this), N))) { 1024 // Cache knowledge of AR NUW, which is propagated to this AddRec. 1025 const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW); 1026 // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside. 1027 return getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(Start, Ty), 1028 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty), 1029 L, AR->getNoWrapFlags()); 1030 } 1031 } else if (isKnownNegative(Step)) { 1032 const SCEV *N = getConstant(APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth) - 1033 getSignedRange(Step).getSignedMin()); 1034 if (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, AR, N) || 1035 (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, Start, N) && 1036 isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, 1037 AR->getPostIncExpr(*this), N))) { 1038 // Cache knowledge of AR NW, which is propagated to this AddRec. 1039 // Negative step causes unsigned wrap, but it still can't self-wrap. 1040 const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW); 1041 // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside. 1042 return getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(Start, Ty), 1043 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), 1044 L, AR->getNoWrapFlags()); 1045 } 1046 } 1047 } 1048 } 1049 1050 // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node. 1051 // Recompute the insert position, as it may have been invalidated. 1052 if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S; 1053 SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVZeroExtendExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), 1054 Op, Ty); 1055 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 1056 return S; 1057 } 1058 1059 // Get the limit of a recurrence such that incrementing by Step cannot cause 1060 // signed overflow as long as the value of the recurrence within the loop does 1061 // not exceed this limit before incrementing. 1062 static const SCEV *getOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step, 1063 ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred, 1064 ScalarEvolution *SE) { 1065 unsigned BitWidth = SE->getTypeSizeInBits(Step->getType()); 1066 if (SE->isKnownPositive(Step)) { 1067 *Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT; 1068 return SE->getConstant(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth) - 1069 SE->getSignedRange(Step).getSignedMax()); 1070 } 1071 if (SE->isKnownNegative(Step)) { 1072 *Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT; 1073 return SE->getConstant(APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth) - 1074 SE->getSignedRange(Step).getSignedMin()); 1075 } 1076 return 0; 1077 } 1078 1079 // The recurrence AR has been shown to have no signed wrap. Typically, if we can 1080 // prove NSW for AR, then we can just as easily prove NSW for its preincrement 1081 // or postincrement sibling. This allows normalizing a sign extended AddRec as 1082 // such: {sext(Step + Start),+,Step} => {(Step + sext(Start),+,Step} As a 1083 // result, the expression "Step + sext(PreIncAR)" is congruent with 1084 // "sext(PostIncAR)" 1085 static const SCEV *getPreStartForSignExtend(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR, 1086 Type *Ty, 1087 ScalarEvolution *SE) { 1088 const Loop *L = AR->getLoop(); 1089 const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart(); 1090 const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*SE); 1091 1092 // Check for a simple looking step prior to loop entry. 1093 const SCEVAddExpr *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Start); 1094 if (!SA) 1095 return 0; 1096 1097 // Create an AddExpr for "PreStart" after subtracting Step. Full SCEV 1098 // subtraction is expensive. For this purpose, perform a quick and dirty 1099 // difference, by checking for Step in the operand list. 1100 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> DiffOps; 1101 for (SCEVAddExpr::op_iterator I = SA->op_begin(), E = SA->op_end(); 1102 I != E; ++I) { 1103 if (*I != Step) 1104 DiffOps.push_back(*I); 1105 } 1106 if (DiffOps.size() == SA->getNumOperands()) 1107 return 0; 1108 1109 // This is a postinc AR. Check for overflow on the preinc recurrence using the 1110 // same three conditions that getSignExtendedExpr checks. 1111 1112 // 1. NSW flags on the step increment. 1113 const SCEV *PreStart = SE->getAddExpr(DiffOps, SA->getNoWrapFlags()); 1114 const SCEVAddRecExpr *PreAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>( 1115 SE->getAddRecExpr(PreStart, Step, L, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap)); 1116 1117 if (PreAR && PreAR->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW)) 1118 return PreStart; 1119 1120 // 2. Direct overflow check on the step operation's expression. 1121 unsigned BitWidth = SE->getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType()); 1122 Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(SE->getContext(), BitWidth * 2); 1123 const SCEV *OperandExtendedStart = 1124 SE->getAddExpr(SE->getSignExtendExpr(PreStart, WideTy), 1125 SE->getSignExtendExpr(Step, WideTy)); 1126 if (SE->getSignExtendExpr(Start, WideTy) == OperandExtendedStart) { 1127 // Cache knowledge of PreAR NSW. 1128 if (PreAR) 1129 const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(PreAR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW); 1130 // FIXME: this optimization needs a unit test 1131 DEBUG(dbgs() << "SCEV: untested prestart overflow check\n"); 1132 return PreStart; 1133 } 1134 1135 // 3. Loop precondition. 1136 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred; 1137 const SCEV *OverflowLimit = getOverflowLimitForStep(Step, &Pred, SE); 1138 1139 if (OverflowLimit && 1140 SE->isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, PreStart, OverflowLimit)) { 1141 return PreStart; 1142 } 1143 return 0; 1144 } 1145 1146 // Get the normalized sign-extended expression for this AddRec's Start. 1147 static const SCEV *getSignExtendAddRecStart(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR, 1148 Type *Ty, 1149 ScalarEvolution *SE) { 1150 const SCEV *PreStart = getPreStartForSignExtend(AR, Ty, SE); 1151 if (!PreStart) 1152 return SE->getSignExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), Ty); 1153 1154 return SE->getAddExpr(SE->getSignExtendExpr(AR->getStepRecurrence(*SE), Ty), 1155 SE->getSignExtendExpr(PreStart, Ty)); 1156 } 1157 1158 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSignExtendExpr(const SCEV *Op, 1159 Type *Ty) { 1160 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) && 1161 "This is not an extending conversion!"); 1162 assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && 1163 "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!"); 1164 Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty); 1165 1166 // Fold if the operand is constant. 1167 if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op)) 1168 return getConstant( 1169 cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getSExt(SC->getValue(), Ty))); 1170 1171 // sext(sext(x)) --> sext(x) 1172 if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SS = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Op)) 1173 return getSignExtendExpr(SS->getOperand(), Ty); 1174 1175 // sext(zext(x)) --> zext(x) 1176 if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op)) 1177 return getZeroExtendExpr(SZ->getOperand(), Ty); 1178 1179 // Before doing any expensive analysis, check to see if we've already 1180 // computed a SCEV for this Op and Ty. 1181 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1182 ID.AddInteger(scSignExtend); 1183 ID.AddPointer(Op); 1184 ID.AddPointer(Ty); 1185 void *IP = 0; 1186 if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S; 1187 1188 // If the input value is provably positive, build a zext instead. 1189 if (isKnownNonNegative(Op)) 1190 return getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Ty); 1191 1192 // sext(trunc(x)) --> sext(x) or x or trunc(x) 1193 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) { 1194 // It's possible the bits taken off by the truncate were all sign bits. If 1195 // so, we should be able to simplify this further. 1196 const SCEV *X = ST->getOperand(); 1197 ConstantRange CR = getSignedRange(X); 1198 unsigned TruncBits = getTypeSizeInBits(ST->getType()); 1199 unsigned NewBits = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty); 1200 if (CR.truncate(TruncBits).signExtend(NewBits).contains( 1201 CR.sextOrTrunc(NewBits))) 1202 return getTruncateOrSignExtend(X, Ty); 1203 } 1204 1205 // If the input value is a chrec scev, and we can prove that the value 1206 // did not overflow the old, smaller, value, we can sign extend all of the 1207 // operands (often constants). This allows analysis of something like 1208 // this: for (signed char X = 0; X < 100; ++X) { int Y = X; } 1209 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) 1210 if (AR->isAffine()) { 1211 const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart(); 1212 const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*this); 1213 unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType()); 1214 const Loop *L = AR->getLoop(); 1215 1216 // If we have special knowledge that this addrec won't overflow, 1217 // we don't need to do any further analysis. 1218 if (AR->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW)) 1219 return getAddRecExpr(getSignExtendAddRecStart(AR, Ty, this), 1220 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), 1221 L, SCEV::FlagNSW); 1222 1223 // Check whether the backedge-taken count is SCEVCouldNotCompute. 1224 // Note that this serves two purposes: It filters out loops that are 1225 // simply not analyzable, and it covers the case where this code is 1226 // being called from within backedge-taken count analysis, such that 1227 // attempting to ask for the backedge-taken count would likely result 1228 // in infinite recursion. In the later case, the analysis code will 1229 // cope with a conservative value, and it will take care to purge 1230 // that value once it has finished. 1231 const SCEV *MaxBECount = getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L); 1232 if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount)) { 1233 // Manually compute the final value for AR, checking for 1234 // overflow. 1235 1236 // Check whether the backedge-taken count can be losslessly casted to 1237 // the addrec's type. The count is always unsigned. 1238 const SCEV *CastedMaxBECount = 1239 getTruncateOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Start->getType()); 1240 const SCEV *RecastedMaxBECount = 1241 getTruncateOrZeroExtend(CastedMaxBECount, MaxBECount->getType()); 1242 if (MaxBECount == RecastedMaxBECount) { 1243 Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth * 2); 1244 // Check whether Start+Step*MaxBECount has no signed overflow. 1245 const SCEV *SMul = getMulExpr(CastedMaxBECount, Step); 1246 const SCEV *SAdd = getSignExtendExpr(getAddExpr(Start, SMul), WideTy); 1247 const SCEV *WideStart = getSignExtendExpr(Start, WideTy); 1248 const SCEV *WideMaxBECount = 1249 getZeroExtendExpr(CastedMaxBECount, WideTy); 1250 const SCEV *OperandExtendedAdd = 1251 getAddExpr(WideStart, 1252 getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount, 1253 getSignExtendExpr(Step, WideTy))); 1254 if (SAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) { 1255 // Cache knowledge of AR NSW, which is propagated to this AddRec. 1256 const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW); 1257 // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside. 1258 return getAddRecExpr(getSignExtendAddRecStart(AR, Ty, this), 1259 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), 1260 L, AR->getNoWrapFlags()); 1261 } 1262 // Similar to above, only this time treat the step value as unsigned. 1263 // This covers loops that count up with an unsigned step. 1264 OperandExtendedAdd = 1265 getAddExpr(WideStart, 1266 getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount, 1267 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, WideTy))); 1268 if (SAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) { 1269 // Cache knowledge of AR NSW, which is propagated to this AddRec. 1270 const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW); 1271 // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside. 1272 return getAddRecExpr(getSignExtendAddRecStart(AR, Ty, this), 1273 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty), 1274 L, AR->getNoWrapFlags()); 1275 } 1276 } 1277 1278 // If the backedge is guarded by a comparison with the pre-inc value 1279 // the addrec is safe. Also, if the entry is guarded by a comparison 1280 // with the start value and the backedge is guarded by a comparison 1281 // with the post-inc value, the addrec is safe. 1282 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred; 1283 const SCEV *OverflowLimit = getOverflowLimitForStep(Step, &Pred, this); 1284 if (OverflowLimit && 1285 (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, AR, OverflowLimit) || 1286 (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, Start, OverflowLimit) && 1287 isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, AR->getPostIncExpr(*this), 1288 OverflowLimit)))) { 1289 // Cache knowledge of AR NSW, then propagate NSW to the wide AddRec. 1290 const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW); 1291 return getAddRecExpr(getSignExtendAddRecStart(AR, Ty, this), 1292 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), 1293 L, AR->getNoWrapFlags()); 1294 } 1295 } 1296 } 1297 1298 // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node. 1299 // Recompute the insert position, as it may have been invalidated. 1300 if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S; 1301 SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVSignExtendExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), 1302 Op, Ty); 1303 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 1304 return S; 1305 } 1306 1307 /// getAnyExtendExpr - Return a SCEV for the given operand extended with 1308 /// unspecified bits out to the given type. 1309 /// 1310 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAnyExtendExpr(const SCEV *Op, 1311 Type *Ty) { 1312 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) && 1313 "This is not an extending conversion!"); 1314 assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && 1315 "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!"); 1316 Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty); 1317 1318 // Sign-extend negative constants. 1319 if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op)) 1320 if (SC->getValue()->getValue().isNegative()) 1321 return getSignExtendExpr(Op, Ty); 1322 1323 // Peel off a truncate cast. 1324 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) { 1325 const SCEV *NewOp = T->getOperand(); 1326 if (getTypeSizeInBits(NewOp->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)) 1327 return getAnyExtendExpr(NewOp, Ty); 1328 return getTruncateOrNoop(NewOp, Ty); 1329 } 1330 1331 // Next try a zext cast. If the cast is folded, use it. 1332 const SCEV *ZExt = getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Ty); 1333 if (!isa<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(ZExt)) 1334 return ZExt; 1335 1336 // Next try a sext cast. If the cast is folded, use it. 1337 const SCEV *SExt = getSignExtendExpr(Op, Ty); 1338 if (!isa<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(SExt)) 1339 return SExt; 1340 1341 // Force the cast to be folded into the operands of an addrec. 1342 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) { 1343 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Ops; 1344 for (SCEVAddRecExpr::op_iterator I = AR->op_begin(), E = AR->op_end(); 1345 I != E; ++I) 1346 Ops.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(*I, Ty)); 1347 return getAddRecExpr(Ops, AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagNW); 1348 } 1349 1350 // If the expression is obviously signed, use the sext cast value. 1351 if (isa<SCEVSMaxExpr>(Op)) 1352 return SExt; 1353 1354 // Absent any other information, use the zext cast value. 1355 return ZExt; 1356 } 1357 1358 /// CollectAddOperandsWithScales - Process the given Ops list, which is 1359 /// a list of operands to be added under the given scale, update the given 1360 /// map. This is a helper function for getAddRecExpr. As an example of 1361 /// what it does, given a sequence of operands that would form an add 1362 /// expression like this: 1363 /// 1364 /// m + n + 13 + (A * (o + p + (B * q + m + 29))) + r + (-1 * r) 1365 /// 1366 /// where A and B are constants, update the map with these values: 1367 /// 1368 /// (m, 1+A*B), (n, 1), (o, A), (p, A), (q, A*B), (r, 0) 1369 /// 1370 /// and add 13 + A*B*29 to AccumulatedConstant. 1371 /// This will allow getAddRecExpr to produce this: 1372 /// 1373 /// 13+A*B*29 + n + (m * (1+A*B)) + ((o + p) * A) + (q * A*B) 1374 /// 1375 /// This form often exposes folding opportunities that are hidden in 1376 /// the original operand list. 1377 /// 1378 /// Return true iff it appears that any interesting folding opportunities 1379 /// may be exposed. This helps getAddRecExpr short-circuit extra work in 1380 /// the common case where no interesting opportunities are present, and 1381 /// is also used as a check to avoid infinite recursion. 1382 /// 1383 static bool 1384 CollectAddOperandsWithScales(DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt> &M, 1385 SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &NewOps, 1386 APInt &AccumulatedConstant, 1387 const SCEV *const *Ops, size_t NumOperands, 1388 const APInt &Scale, 1389 ScalarEvolution &SE) { 1390 bool Interesting = false; 1391 1392 // Iterate over the add operands. They are sorted, with constants first. 1393 unsigned i = 0; 1394 while (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[i])) { 1395 ++i; 1396 // Pull a buried constant out to the outside. 1397 if (Scale != 1 || AccumulatedConstant != 0 || C->getValue()->isZero()) 1398 Interesting = true; 1399 AccumulatedConstant += Scale * C->getValue()->getValue(); 1400 } 1401 1402 // Next comes everything else. We're especially interested in multiplies 1403 // here, but they're in the middle, so just visit the rest with one loop. 1404 for (; i != NumOperands; ++i) { 1405 const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[i]); 1406 if (Mul && isa<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0))) { 1407 APInt NewScale = 1408 Scale * cast<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0))->getValue()->getValue(); 1409 if (Mul->getNumOperands() == 2 && isa<SCEVAddExpr>(Mul->getOperand(1))) { 1410 // A multiplication of a constant with another add; recurse. 1411 const SCEVAddExpr *Add = cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Mul->getOperand(1)); 1412 Interesting |= 1413 CollectAddOperandsWithScales(M, NewOps, AccumulatedConstant, 1414 Add->op_begin(), Add->getNumOperands(), 1415 NewScale, SE); 1416 } else { 1417 // A multiplication of a constant with some other value. Update 1418 // the map. 1419 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(Mul->op_begin()+1, Mul->op_end()); 1420 const SCEV *Key = SE.getMulExpr(MulOps); 1421 std::pair<DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt>::iterator, bool> Pair = 1422 M.insert(std::make_pair(Key, NewScale)); 1423 if (Pair.second) { 1424 NewOps.push_back(Pair.first->first); 1425 } else { 1426 Pair.first->second += NewScale; 1427 // The map already had an entry for this value, which may indicate 1428 // a folding opportunity. 1429 Interesting = true; 1430 } 1431 } 1432 } else { 1433 // An ordinary operand. Update the map. 1434 std::pair<DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt>::iterator, bool> Pair = 1435 M.insert(std::make_pair(Ops[i], Scale)); 1436 if (Pair.second) { 1437 NewOps.push_back(Pair.first->first); 1438 } else { 1439 Pair.first->second += Scale; 1440 // The map already had an entry for this value, which may indicate 1441 // a folding opportunity. 1442 Interesting = true; 1443 } 1444 } 1445 } 1446 1447 return Interesting; 1448 } 1449 1450 namespace { 1451 struct APIntCompare { 1452 bool operator()(const APInt &LHS, const APInt &RHS) const { 1453 return LHS.ult(RHS); 1454 } 1455 }; 1456 } 1457 1458 /// getAddExpr - Get a canonical add expression, or something simpler if 1459 /// possible. 1460 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAddExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops, 1461 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) { 1462 assert(!(Flags & ~(SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNSW)) && 1463 "only nuw or nsw allowed"); 1464 assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty add!"); 1465 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 1466 #ifndef NDEBUG 1467 Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType()); 1468 for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) 1469 assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy && 1470 "SCEVAddExpr operand types don't match!"); 1471 #endif 1472 1473 // If FlagNSW is true and all the operands are non-negative, infer FlagNUW. 1474 // And vice-versa. 1475 int SignOrUnsignMask = SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNSW; 1476 SCEV::NoWrapFlags SignOrUnsignWrap = maskFlags(Flags, SignOrUnsignMask); 1477 if (SignOrUnsignWrap && (SignOrUnsignWrap != SignOrUnsignMask)) { 1478 bool All = true; 1479 for (SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *>::const_iterator I = Ops.begin(), 1480 E = Ops.end(); I != E; ++I) 1481 if (!isKnownNonNegative(*I)) { 1482 All = false; 1483 break; 1484 } 1485 if (All) Flags = setFlags(Flags, (SCEV::NoWrapFlags)SignOrUnsignMask); 1486 } 1487 1488 // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together. 1489 GroupByComplexity(Ops, LI); 1490 1491 // If there are any constants, fold them together. 1492 unsigned Idx = 0; 1493 if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) { 1494 ++Idx; 1495 assert(Idx < Ops.size()); 1496 while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) { 1497 // We found two constants, fold them together! 1498 Ops[0] = getConstant(LHSC->getValue()->getValue() + 1499 RHSC->getValue()->getValue()); 1500 if (Ops.size() == 2) return Ops[0]; 1501 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1); // Erase the folded element 1502 LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]); 1503 } 1504 1505 // If we are left with a constant zero being added, strip it off. 1506 if (LHSC->getValue()->isZero()) { 1507 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()); 1508 --Idx; 1509 } 1510 1511 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 1512 } 1513 1514 // Okay, check to see if the same value occurs in the operand list more than 1515 // once. If so, merge them together into an multiply expression. Since we 1516 // sorted the list, these values are required to be adjacent. 1517 Type *Ty = Ops[0]->getType(); 1518 bool FoundMatch = false; 1519 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e-1; ++i) 1520 if (Ops[i] == Ops[i+1]) { // X + Y + Y --> X + Y*2 1521 // Scan ahead to count how many equal operands there are. 1522 unsigned Count = 2; 1523 while (i+Count != e && Ops[i+Count] == Ops[i]) 1524 ++Count; 1525 // Merge the values into a multiply. 1526 const SCEV *Scale = getConstant(Ty, Count); 1527 const SCEV *Mul = getMulExpr(Scale, Ops[i]); 1528 if (Ops.size() == Count) 1529 return Mul; 1530 Ops[i] = Mul; 1531 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i+1, Ops.begin()+i+Count); 1532 --i; e -= Count - 1; 1533 FoundMatch = true; 1534 } 1535 if (FoundMatch) 1536 return getAddExpr(Ops, Flags); 1537 1538 // Check for truncates. If all the operands are truncated from the same 1539 // type, see if factoring out the truncate would permit the result to be 1540 // folded. eg., trunc(x) + m*trunc(n) --> trunc(x + trunc(m)*n) 1541 // if the contents of the resulting outer trunc fold to something simple. 1542 for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) { 1543 const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc = cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Ops[Idx]); 1544 Type *DstType = Trunc->getType(); 1545 Type *SrcType = Trunc->getOperand()->getType(); 1546 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LargeOps; 1547 bool Ok = true; 1548 // Check all the operands to see if they can be represented in the 1549 // source type of the truncate. 1550 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) { 1551 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Ops[i])) { 1552 if (T->getOperand()->getType() != SrcType) { 1553 Ok = false; 1554 break; 1555 } 1556 LargeOps.push_back(T->getOperand()); 1557 } else if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[i])) { 1558 LargeOps.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(C, SrcType)); 1559 } else if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[i])) { 1560 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LargeMulOps; 1561 for (unsigned j = 0, f = M->getNumOperands(); j != f && Ok; ++j) { 1562 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = 1563 dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(M->getOperand(j))) { 1564 if (T->getOperand()->getType() != SrcType) { 1565 Ok = false; 1566 break; 1567 } 1568 LargeMulOps.push_back(T->getOperand()); 1569 } else if (const SCEVConstant *C = 1570 dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(M->getOperand(j))) { 1571 LargeMulOps.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(C, SrcType)); 1572 } else { 1573 Ok = false; 1574 break; 1575 } 1576 } 1577 if (Ok) 1578 LargeOps.push_back(getMulExpr(LargeMulOps)); 1579 } else { 1580 Ok = false; 1581 break; 1582 } 1583 } 1584 if (Ok) { 1585 // Evaluate the expression in the larger type. 1586 const SCEV *Fold = getAddExpr(LargeOps, Flags); 1587 // If it folds to something simple, use it. Otherwise, don't. 1588 if (isa<SCEVConstant>(Fold) || isa<SCEVUnknown>(Fold)) 1589 return getTruncateExpr(Fold, DstType); 1590 } 1591 } 1592 1593 // Skip past any other cast SCEVs. 1594 while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scAddExpr) 1595 ++Idx; 1596 1597 // If there are add operands they would be next. 1598 if (Idx < Ops.size()) { 1599 bool DeletedAdd = false; 1600 while (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Ops[Idx])) { 1601 // If we have an add, expand the add operands onto the end of the operands 1602 // list. 1603 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx); 1604 Ops.append(Add->op_begin(), Add->op_end()); 1605 DeletedAdd = true; 1606 } 1607 1608 // If we deleted at least one add, we added operands to the end of the list, 1609 // and they are not necessarily sorted. Recurse to resort and resimplify 1610 // any operands we just acquired. 1611 if (DeletedAdd) 1612 return getAddExpr(Ops); 1613 } 1614 1615 // Skip over the add expression until we get to a multiply. 1616 while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scMulExpr) 1617 ++Idx; 1618 1619 // Check to see if there are any folding opportunities present with 1620 // operands multiplied by constant values. 1621 if (Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx])) { 1622 uint64_t BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty); 1623 DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt> M; 1624 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> NewOps; 1625 APInt AccumulatedConstant(BitWidth, 0); 1626 if (CollectAddOperandsWithScales(M, NewOps, AccumulatedConstant, 1627 Ops.data(), Ops.size(), 1628 APInt(BitWidth, 1), *this)) { 1629 // Some interesting folding opportunity is present, so its worthwhile to 1630 // re-generate the operands list. Group the operands by constant scale, 1631 // to avoid multiplying by the same constant scale multiple times. 1632 std::map<APInt, SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4>, APIntCompare> MulOpLists; 1633 for (SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *>::const_iterator I = NewOps.begin(), 1634 E = NewOps.end(); I != E; ++I) 1635 MulOpLists[M.find(*I)->second].push_back(*I); 1636 // Re-generate the operands list. 1637 Ops.clear(); 1638 if (AccumulatedConstant != 0) 1639 Ops.push_back(getConstant(AccumulatedConstant)); 1640 for (std::map<APInt, SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4>, APIntCompare>::iterator 1641 I = MulOpLists.begin(), E = MulOpLists.end(); I != E; ++I) 1642 if (I->first != 0) 1643 Ops.push_back(getMulExpr(getConstant(I->first), 1644 getAddExpr(I->second))); 1645 if (Ops.empty()) 1646 return getConstant(Ty, 0); 1647 if (Ops.size() == 1) 1648 return Ops[0]; 1649 return getAddExpr(Ops); 1650 } 1651 } 1652 1653 // If we are adding something to a multiply expression, make sure the 1654 // something is not already an operand of the multiply. If so, merge it into 1655 // the multiply. 1656 for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) { 1657 const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx]); 1658 for (unsigned MulOp = 0, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); MulOp != e; ++MulOp) { 1659 const SCEV *MulOpSCEV = Mul->getOperand(MulOp); 1660 if (isa<SCEVConstant>(MulOpSCEV)) 1661 continue; 1662 for (unsigned AddOp = 0, e = Ops.size(); AddOp != e; ++AddOp) 1663 if (MulOpSCEV == Ops[AddOp]) { 1664 // Fold W + X + (X * Y * Z) --> W + (X * ((Y*Z)+1)) 1665 const SCEV *InnerMul = Mul->getOperand(MulOp == 0); 1666 if (Mul->getNumOperands() != 2) { 1667 // If the multiply has more than two operands, we must get the 1668 // Y*Z term. 1669 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(Mul->op_begin(), 1670 Mul->op_begin()+MulOp); 1671 MulOps.append(Mul->op_begin()+MulOp+1, Mul->op_end()); 1672 InnerMul = getMulExpr(MulOps); 1673 } 1674 const SCEV *One = getConstant(Ty, 1); 1675 const SCEV *AddOne = getAddExpr(One, InnerMul); 1676 const SCEV *OuterMul = getMulExpr(AddOne, MulOpSCEV); 1677 if (Ops.size() == 2) return OuterMul; 1678 if (AddOp < Idx) { 1679 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+AddOp); 1680 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx-1); 1681 } else { 1682 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx); 1683 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+AddOp-1); 1684 } 1685 Ops.push_back(OuterMul); 1686 return getAddExpr(Ops); 1687 } 1688 1689 // Check this multiply against other multiplies being added together. 1690 for (unsigned OtherMulIdx = Idx+1; 1691 OtherMulIdx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[OtherMulIdx]); 1692 ++OtherMulIdx) { 1693 const SCEVMulExpr *OtherMul = cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[OtherMulIdx]); 1694 // If MulOp occurs in OtherMul, we can fold the two multiplies 1695 // together. 1696 for (unsigned OMulOp = 0, e = OtherMul->getNumOperands(); 1697 OMulOp != e; ++OMulOp) 1698 if (OtherMul->getOperand(OMulOp) == MulOpSCEV) { 1699 // Fold X + (A*B*C) + (A*D*E) --> X + (A*(B*C+D*E)) 1700 const SCEV *InnerMul1 = Mul->getOperand(MulOp == 0); 1701 if (Mul->getNumOperands() != 2) { 1702 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(Mul->op_begin(), 1703 Mul->op_begin()+MulOp); 1704 MulOps.append(Mul->op_begin()+MulOp+1, Mul->op_end()); 1705 InnerMul1 = getMulExpr(MulOps); 1706 } 1707 const SCEV *InnerMul2 = OtherMul->getOperand(OMulOp == 0); 1708 if (OtherMul->getNumOperands() != 2) { 1709 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(OtherMul->op_begin(), 1710 OtherMul->op_begin()+OMulOp); 1711 MulOps.append(OtherMul->op_begin()+OMulOp+1, OtherMul->op_end()); 1712 InnerMul2 = getMulExpr(MulOps); 1713 } 1714 const SCEV *InnerMulSum = getAddExpr(InnerMul1,InnerMul2); 1715 const SCEV *OuterMul = getMulExpr(MulOpSCEV, InnerMulSum); 1716 if (Ops.size() == 2) return OuterMul; 1717 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx); 1718 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+OtherMulIdx-1); 1719 Ops.push_back(OuterMul); 1720 return getAddExpr(Ops); 1721 } 1722 } 1723 } 1724 } 1725 1726 // If there are any add recurrences in the operands list, see if any other 1727 // added values are loop invariant. If so, we can fold them into the 1728 // recurrence. 1729 while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scAddRecExpr) 1730 ++Idx; 1731 1732 // Scan over all recurrences, trying to fold loop invariants into them. 1733 for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) { 1734 // Scan all of the other operands to this add and add them to the vector if 1735 // they are loop invariant w.r.t. the recurrence. 1736 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LIOps; 1737 const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]); 1738 const Loop *AddRecLoop = AddRec->getLoop(); 1739 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) 1740 if (isLoopInvariant(Ops[i], AddRecLoop)) { 1741 LIOps.push_back(Ops[i]); 1742 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i); 1743 --i; --e; 1744 } 1745 1746 // If we found some loop invariants, fold them into the recurrence. 1747 if (!LIOps.empty()) { 1748 // NLI + LI + {Start,+,Step} --> NLI + {LI+Start,+,Step} 1749 LIOps.push_back(AddRec->getStart()); 1750 1751 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> AddRecOps(AddRec->op_begin(), 1752 AddRec->op_end()); 1753 AddRecOps[0] = getAddExpr(LIOps); 1754 1755 // Build the new addrec. Propagate the NUW and NSW flags if both the 1756 // outer add and the inner addrec are guaranteed to have no overflow. 1757 // Always propagate NW. 1758 Flags = AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW)); 1759 const SCEV *NewRec = getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps, AddRecLoop, Flags); 1760 1761 // If all of the other operands were loop invariant, we are done. 1762 if (Ops.size() == 1) return NewRec; 1763 1764 // Otherwise, add the folded AddRec by the non-invariant parts. 1765 for (unsigned i = 0;; ++i) 1766 if (Ops[i] == AddRec) { 1767 Ops[i] = NewRec; 1768 break; 1769 } 1770 return getAddExpr(Ops); 1771 } 1772 1773 // Okay, if there weren't any loop invariants to be folded, check to see if 1774 // there are multiple AddRec's with the same loop induction variable being 1775 // added together. If so, we can fold them. 1776 for (unsigned OtherIdx = Idx+1; 1777 OtherIdx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]); 1778 ++OtherIdx) 1779 if (AddRecLoop == cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx])->getLoop()) { 1780 // Other + {A,+,B}<L> + {C,+,D}<L> --> Other + {A+C,+,B+D}<L> 1781 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> AddRecOps(AddRec->op_begin(), 1782 AddRec->op_end()); 1783 for (; OtherIdx != Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]); 1784 ++OtherIdx) 1785 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *OtherAddRec = 1786 dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx])) 1787 if (OtherAddRec->getLoop() == AddRecLoop) { 1788 for (unsigned i = 0, e = OtherAddRec->getNumOperands(); 1789 i != e; ++i) { 1790 if (i >= AddRecOps.size()) { 1791 AddRecOps.append(OtherAddRec->op_begin()+i, 1792 OtherAddRec->op_end()); 1793 break; 1794 } 1795 AddRecOps[i] = getAddExpr(AddRecOps[i], 1796 OtherAddRec->getOperand(i)); 1797 } 1798 Ops.erase(Ops.begin() + OtherIdx); --OtherIdx; 1799 } 1800 // Step size has changed, so we cannot guarantee no self-wraparound. 1801 Ops[Idx] = getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps, AddRecLoop, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap); 1802 return getAddExpr(Ops); 1803 } 1804 1805 // Otherwise couldn't fold anything into this recurrence. Move onto the 1806 // next one. 1807 } 1808 1809 // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an add expr. Check to see if we 1810 // already have one, otherwise create a new one. 1811 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1812 ID.AddInteger(scAddExpr); 1813 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) 1814 ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]); 1815 void *IP = 0; 1816 SCEVAddExpr *S = 1817 static_cast<SCEVAddExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)); 1818 if (!S) { 1819 const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size()); 1820 std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O); 1821 S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVAddExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), 1822 O, Ops.size()); 1823 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 1824 } 1825 S->setNoWrapFlags(Flags); 1826 return S; 1827 } 1828 1829 static uint64_t umul_ov(uint64_t i, uint64_t j, bool &Overflow) { 1830 uint64_t k = i*j; 1831 if (j > 1 && k / j != i) Overflow = true; 1832 return k; 1833 } 1834 1835 /// Compute the result of "n choose k", the binomial coefficient. If an 1836 /// intermediate computation overflows, Overflow will be set and the return will 1837 /// be garbage. Overflow is not cleared on absence of overflow. 1838 static uint64_t Choose(uint64_t n, uint64_t k, bool &Overflow) { 1839 // We use the multiplicative formula: 1840 // n(n-1)(n-2)...(n-(k-1)) / k(k-1)(k-2)...1 . 1841 // At each iteration, we take the n-th term of the numeral and divide by the 1842 // (k-n)th term of the denominator. This division will always produce an 1843 // integral result, and helps reduce the chance of overflow in the 1844 // intermediate computations. However, we can still overflow even when the 1845 // final result would fit. 1846 1847 if (n == 0 || n == k) return 1; 1848 if (k > n) return 0; 1849 1850 if (k > n/2) 1851 k = n-k; 1852 1853 uint64_t r = 1; 1854 for (uint64_t i = 1; i <= k; ++i) { 1855 r = umul_ov(r, n-(i-1), Overflow); 1856 r /= i; 1857 } 1858 return r; 1859 } 1860 1861 /// getMulExpr - Get a canonical multiply expression, or something simpler if 1862 /// possible. 1863 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getMulExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops, 1864 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) { 1865 assert(Flags == maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNSW) && 1866 "only nuw or nsw allowed"); 1867 assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty mul!"); 1868 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 1869 #ifndef NDEBUG 1870 Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType()); 1871 for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) 1872 assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy && 1873 "SCEVMulExpr operand types don't match!"); 1874 #endif 1875 1876 // If FlagNSW is true and all the operands are non-negative, infer FlagNUW. 1877 // And vice-versa. 1878 int SignOrUnsignMask = SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNSW; 1879 SCEV::NoWrapFlags SignOrUnsignWrap = maskFlags(Flags, SignOrUnsignMask); 1880 if (SignOrUnsignWrap && (SignOrUnsignWrap != SignOrUnsignMask)) { 1881 bool All = true; 1882 for (SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *>::const_iterator I = Ops.begin(), 1883 E = Ops.end(); I != E; ++I) 1884 if (!isKnownNonNegative(*I)) { 1885 All = false; 1886 break; 1887 } 1888 if (All) Flags = setFlags(Flags, (SCEV::NoWrapFlags)SignOrUnsignMask); 1889 } 1890 1891 // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together. 1892 GroupByComplexity(Ops, LI); 1893 1894 // If there are any constants, fold them together. 1895 unsigned Idx = 0; 1896 if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) { 1897 1898 // C1*(C2+V) -> C1*C2 + C1*V 1899 if (Ops.size() == 2) 1900 if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Ops[1])) 1901 if (Add->getNumOperands() == 2 && 1902 isa<SCEVConstant>(Add->getOperand(0))) 1903 return getAddExpr(getMulExpr(LHSC, Add->getOperand(0)), 1904 getMulExpr(LHSC, Add->getOperand(1))); 1905 1906 ++Idx; 1907 while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) { 1908 // We found two constants, fold them together! 1909 ConstantInt *Fold = ConstantInt::get(getContext(), 1910 LHSC->getValue()->getValue() * 1911 RHSC->getValue()->getValue()); 1912 Ops[0] = getConstant(Fold); 1913 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1); // Erase the folded element 1914 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 1915 LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]); 1916 } 1917 1918 // If we are left with a constant one being multiplied, strip it off. 1919 if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->equalsInt(1)) { 1920 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()); 1921 --Idx; 1922 } else if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isZero()) { 1923 // If we have a multiply of zero, it will always be zero. 1924 return Ops[0]; 1925 } else if (Ops[0]->isAllOnesValue()) { 1926 // If we have a mul by -1 of an add, try distributing the -1 among the 1927 // add operands. 1928 if (Ops.size() == 2) { 1929 if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Ops[1])) { 1930 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewOps; 1931 bool AnyFolded = false; 1932 for (SCEVAddRecExpr::op_iterator I = Add->op_begin(), 1933 E = Add->op_end(); I != E; ++I) { 1934 const SCEV *Mul = getMulExpr(Ops[0], *I); 1935 if (!isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Mul)) AnyFolded = true; 1936 NewOps.push_back(Mul); 1937 } 1938 if (AnyFolded) 1939 return getAddExpr(NewOps); 1940 } 1941 else if (const SCEVAddRecExpr * 1942 AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[1])) { 1943 // Negation preserves a recurrence's no self-wrap property. 1944 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands; 1945 for (SCEVAddRecExpr::op_iterator I = AddRec->op_begin(), 1946 E = AddRec->op_end(); I != E; ++I) { 1947 Operands.push_back(getMulExpr(Ops[0], *I)); 1948 } 1949 return getAddRecExpr(Operands, AddRec->getLoop(), 1950 AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW)); 1951 } 1952 } 1953 } 1954 1955 if (Ops.size() == 1) 1956 return Ops[0]; 1957 } 1958 1959 // Skip over the add expression until we get to a multiply. 1960 while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scMulExpr) 1961 ++Idx; 1962 1963 // If there are mul operands inline them all into this expression. 1964 if (Idx < Ops.size()) { 1965 bool DeletedMul = false; 1966 while (const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx])) { 1967 // If we have an mul, expand the mul operands onto the end of the operands 1968 // list. 1969 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx); 1970 Ops.append(Mul->op_begin(), Mul->op_end()); 1971 DeletedMul = true; 1972 } 1973 1974 // If we deleted at least one mul, we added operands to the end of the list, 1975 // and they are not necessarily sorted. Recurse to resort and resimplify 1976 // any operands we just acquired. 1977 if (DeletedMul) 1978 return getMulExpr(Ops); 1979 } 1980 1981 // If there are any add recurrences in the operands list, see if any other 1982 // added values are loop invariant. If so, we can fold them into the 1983 // recurrence. 1984 while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scAddRecExpr) 1985 ++Idx; 1986 1987 // Scan over all recurrences, trying to fold loop invariants into them. 1988 for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) { 1989 // Scan all of the other operands to this mul and add them to the vector if 1990 // they are loop invariant w.r.t. the recurrence. 1991 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LIOps; 1992 const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]); 1993 const Loop *AddRecLoop = AddRec->getLoop(); 1994 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) 1995 if (isLoopInvariant(Ops[i], AddRecLoop)) { 1996 LIOps.push_back(Ops[i]); 1997 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i); 1998 --i; --e; 1999 } 2000 2001 // If we found some loop invariants, fold them into the recurrence. 2002 if (!LIOps.empty()) { 2003 // NLI * LI * {Start,+,Step} --> NLI * {LI*Start,+,LI*Step} 2004 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewOps; 2005 NewOps.reserve(AddRec->getNumOperands()); 2006 const SCEV *Scale = getMulExpr(LIOps); 2007 for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 2008 NewOps.push_back(getMulExpr(Scale, AddRec->getOperand(i))); 2009 2010 // Build the new addrec. Propagate the NUW and NSW flags if both the 2011 // outer mul and the inner addrec are guaranteed to have no overflow. 2012 // 2013 // No self-wrap cannot be guaranteed after changing the step size, but 2014 // will be inferred if either NUW or NSW is true. 2015 Flags = AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(clearFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW)); 2016 const SCEV *NewRec = getAddRecExpr(NewOps, AddRecLoop, Flags); 2017 2018 // If all of the other operands were loop invariant, we are done. 2019 if (Ops.size() == 1) return NewRec; 2020 2021 // Otherwise, multiply the folded AddRec by the non-invariant parts. 2022 for (unsigned i = 0;; ++i) 2023 if (Ops[i] == AddRec) { 2024 Ops[i] = NewRec; 2025 break; 2026 } 2027 return getMulExpr(Ops); 2028 } 2029 2030 // Okay, if there weren't any loop invariants to be folded, check to see if 2031 // there are multiple AddRec's with the same loop induction variable being 2032 // multiplied together. If so, we can fold them. 2033 for (unsigned OtherIdx = Idx+1; 2034 OtherIdx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]); 2035 ++OtherIdx) { 2036 if (AddRecLoop != cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx])->getLoop()) 2037 continue; 2038 2039 // {A1,+,A2,+,...,+,An}<L> * {B1,+,B2,+,...,+,Bn}<L> 2040 // = {x=1 in [ sum y=x..2x [ sum z=max(y-x, y-n)..min(x,n) [ 2041 // choose(x, 2x)*choose(2x-y, x-z)*A_{y-z}*B_z 2042 // ]]],+,...up to x=2n}. 2043 // Note that the arguments to choose() are always integers with values 2044 // known at compile time, never SCEV objects. 2045 // 2046 // The implementation avoids pointless extra computations when the two 2047 // addrec's are of different length (mathematically, it's equivalent to 2048 // an infinite stream of zeros on the right). 2049 bool OpsModified = false; 2050 for (; OtherIdx != Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]); 2051 ++OtherIdx) { 2052 const SCEVAddRecExpr *OtherAddRec = 2053 dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]); 2054 if (!OtherAddRec || OtherAddRec->getLoop() != AddRecLoop) 2055 continue; 2056 2057 bool Overflow = false; 2058 Type *Ty = AddRec->getType(); 2059 bool LargerThan64Bits = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) > 64; 2060 SmallVector<const SCEV*, 7> AddRecOps; 2061 for (int x = 0, xe = AddRec->getNumOperands() + 2062 OtherAddRec->getNumOperands() - 1; x != xe && !Overflow; ++x) { 2063 const SCEV *Term = getConstant(Ty, 0); 2064 for (int y = x, ye = 2*x+1; y != ye && !Overflow; ++y) { 2065 uint64_t Coeff1 = Choose(x, 2*x - y, Overflow); 2066 for (int z = std::max(y-x, y-(int)AddRec->getNumOperands()+1), 2067 ze = std::min(x+1, (int)OtherAddRec->getNumOperands()); 2068 z < ze && !Overflow; ++z) { 2069 uint64_t Coeff2 = Choose(2*x - y, x-z, Overflow); 2070 uint64_t Coeff; 2071 if (LargerThan64Bits) 2072 Coeff = umul_ov(Coeff1, Coeff2, Overflow); 2073 else 2074 Coeff = Coeff1*Coeff2; 2075 const SCEV *CoeffTerm = getConstant(Ty, Coeff); 2076 const SCEV *Term1 = AddRec->getOperand(y-z); 2077 const SCEV *Term2 = OtherAddRec->getOperand(z); 2078 Term = getAddExpr(Term, getMulExpr(CoeffTerm, Term1,Term2)); 2079 } 2080 } 2081 AddRecOps.push_back(Term); 2082 } 2083 if (!Overflow) { 2084 const SCEV *NewAddRec = getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps, AddRec->getLoop(), 2085 SCEV::FlagAnyWrap); 2086 if (Ops.size() == 2) return NewAddRec; 2087 Ops[Idx] = NewAddRec; 2088 Ops.erase(Ops.begin() + OtherIdx); --OtherIdx; 2089 OpsModified = true; 2090 AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(NewAddRec); 2091 if (!AddRec) 2092 break; 2093 } 2094 } 2095 if (OpsModified) 2096 return getMulExpr(Ops); 2097 } 2098 2099 // Otherwise couldn't fold anything into this recurrence. Move onto the 2100 // next one. 2101 } 2102 2103 // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an mul expr. Check to see if we 2104 // already have one, otherwise create a new one. 2105 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2106 ID.AddInteger(scMulExpr); 2107 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) 2108 ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]); 2109 void *IP = 0; 2110 SCEVMulExpr *S = 2111 static_cast<SCEVMulExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)); 2112 if (!S) { 2113 const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size()); 2114 std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O); 2115 S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVMulExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), 2116 O, Ops.size()); 2117 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 2118 } 2119 S->setNoWrapFlags(Flags); 2120 return S; 2121 } 2122 2123 /// getUDivExpr - Get a canonical unsigned division expression, or something 2124 /// simpler if possible. 2125 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUDivExpr(const SCEV *LHS, 2126 const SCEV *RHS) { 2127 assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(LHS->getType()) == 2128 getEffectiveSCEVType(RHS->getType()) && 2129 "SCEVUDivExpr operand types don't match!"); 2130 2131 if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) { 2132 if (RHSC->getValue()->equalsInt(1)) 2133 return LHS; // X udiv 1 --> x 2134 // If the denominator is zero, the result of the udiv is undefined. Don't 2135 // try to analyze it, because the resolution chosen here may differ from 2136 // the resolution chosen in other parts of the compiler. 2137 if (!RHSC->getValue()->isZero()) { 2138 // Determine if the division can be folded into the operands of 2139 // its operands. 2140 // TODO: Generalize this to non-constants by using known-bits information. 2141 Type *Ty = LHS->getType(); 2142 unsigned LZ = RHSC->getValue()->getValue().countLeadingZeros(); 2143 unsigned MaxShiftAmt = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) - LZ - 1; 2144 // For non-power-of-two values, effectively round the value up to the 2145 // nearest power of two. 2146 if (!RHSC->getValue()->getValue().isPowerOf2()) 2147 ++MaxShiftAmt; 2148 IntegerType *ExtTy = 2149 IntegerType::get(getContext(), getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) + MaxShiftAmt); 2150 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS)) 2151 if (const SCEVConstant *Step = 2152 dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AR->getStepRecurrence(*this))) { 2153 // {X,+,N}/C --> {X/C,+,N/C} if safe and N/C can be folded. 2154 const APInt &StepInt = Step->getValue()->getValue(); 2155 const APInt &DivInt = RHSC->getValue()->getValue(); 2156 if (!StepInt.urem(DivInt) && 2157 getZeroExtendExpr(AR, ExtTy) == 2158 getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), ExtTy), 2159 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, ExtTy), 2160 AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap)) { 2161 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands; 2162 for (unsigned i = 0, e = AR->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 2163 Operands.push_back(getUDivExpr(AR->getOperand(i), RHS)); 2164 return getAddRecExpr(Operands, AR->getLoop(), 2165 SCEV::FlagNW); 2166 } 2167 /// Get a canonical UDivExpr for a recurrence. 2168 /// {X,+,N}/C => {Y,+,N}/C where Y=X-(X%N). Safe when C%N=0. 2169 // We can currently only fold X%N if X is constant. 2170 const SCEVConstant *StartC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AR->getStart()); 2171 if (StartC && !DivInt.urem(StepInt) && 2172 getZeroExtendExpr(AR, ExtTy) == 2173 getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), ExtTy), 2174 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, ExtTy), 2175 AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap)) { 2176 const APInt &StartInt = StartC->getValue()->getValue(); 2177 const APInt &StartRem = StartInt.urem(StepInt); 2178 if (StartRem != 0) 2179 LHS = getAddRecExpr(getConstant(StartInt - StartRem), Step, 2180 AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagNW); 2181 } 2182 } 2183 // (A*B)/C --> A*(B/C) if safe and B/C can be folded. 2184 if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS)) { 2185 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands; 2186 for (unsigned i = 0, e = M->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 2187 Operands.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(M->getOperand(i), ExtTy)); 2188 if (getZeroExtendExpr(M, ExtTy) == getMulExpr(Operands)) 2189 // Find an operand that's safely divisible. 2190 for (unsigned i = 0, e = M->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 2191 const SCEV *Op = M->getOperand(i); 2192 const SCEV *Div = getUDivExpr(Op, RHSC); 2193 if (!isa<SCEVUDivExpr>(Div) && getMulExpr(Div, RHSC) == Op) { 2194 Operands = SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4>(M->op_begin(), 2195 M->op_end()); 2196 Operands[i] = Div; 2197 return getMulExpr(Operands); 2198 } 2199 } 2200 } 2201 // (A+B)/C --> (A/C + B/C) if safe and A/C and B/C can be folded. 2202 if (const SCEVAddExpr *A = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(LHS)) { 2203 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands; 2204 for (unsigned i = 0, e = A->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 2205 Operands.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(A->getOperand(i), ExtTy)); 2206 if (getZeroExtendExpr(A, ExtTy) == getAddExpr(Operands)) { 2207 Operands.clear(); 2208 for (unsigned i = 0, e = A->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 2209 const SCEV *Op = getUDivExpr(A->getOperand(i), RHS); 2210 if (isa<SCEVUDivExpr>(Op) || 2211 getMulExpr(Op, RHS) != A->getOperand(i)) 2212 break; 2213 Operands.push_back(Op); 2214 } 2215 if (Operands.size() == A->getNumOperands()) 2216 return getAddExpr(Operands); 2217 } 2218 } 2219 2220 // Fold if both operands are constant. 2221 if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS)) { 2222 Constant *LHSCV = LHSC->getValue(); 2223 Constant *RHSCV = RHSC->getValue(); 2224 return getConstant(cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getUDiv(LHSCV, 2225 RHSCV))); 2226 } 2227 } 2228 } 2229 2230 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2231 ID.AddInteger(scUDivExpr); 2232 ID.AddPointer(LHS); 2233 ID.AddPointer(RHS); 2234 void *IP = 0; 2235 if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S; 2236 SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVUDivExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), 2237 LHS, RHS); 2238 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 2239 return S; 2240 } 2241 2242 static const APInt gcd(const SCEVConstant *C1, const SCEVConstant *C2) { 2243 APInt A = C1->getValue()->getValue().abs(); 2244 APInt B = C2->getValue()->getValue().abs(); 2245 uint32_t ABW = A.getBitWidth(); 2246 uint32_t BBW = B.getBitWidth(); 2247 2248 if (ABW > BBW) 2249 B = B.zext(ABW); 2250 else if (ABW < BBW) 2251 A = A.zext(BBW); 2252 2253 return APIntOps::GreatestCommonDivisor(A, B); 2254 } 2255 2256 /// getUDivExactExpr - Get a canonical unsigned division expression, or 2257 /// something simpler if possible. There is no representation for an exact udiv 2258 /// in SCEV IR, but we can attempt to remove factors from the LHS and RHS. 2259 /// We can't do this when it's not exact because the udiv may be clearing bits. 2260 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUDivExactExpr(const SCEV *LHS, 2261 const SCEV *RHS) { 2262 // TODO: we could try to find factors in all sorts of things, but for now we 2263 // just deal with u/exact (multiply, constant). See SCEVDivision towards the 2264 // end of this file for inspiration. 2265 2266 const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS); 2267 if (!Mul) 2268 return getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS); 2269 2270 if (const SCEVConstant *RHSCst = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) { 2271 // If the mulexpr multiplies by a constant, then that constant must be the 2272 // first element of the mulexpr. 2273 if (const SCEVConstant *LHSCst = 2274 dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0))) { 2275 if (LHSCst == RHSCst) { 2276 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands; 2277 Operands.append(Mul->op_begin() + 1, Mul->op_end()); 2278 return getMulExpr(Operands); 2279 } 2280 2281 // We can't just assume that LHSCst divides RHSCst cleanly, it could be 2282 // that there's a factor provided by one of the other terms. We need to 2283 // check. 2284 APInt Factor = gcd(LHSCst, RHSCst); 2285 if (!Factor.isIntN(1)) { 2286 LHSCst = cast<SCEVConstant>( 2287 getConstant(LHSCst->getValue()->getValue().udiv(Factor))); 2288 RHSCst = cast<SCEVConstant>( 2289 getConstant(RHSCst->getValue()->getValue().udiv(Factor))); 2290 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands; 2291 Operands.push_back(LHSCst); 2292 Operands.append(Mul->op_begin() + 1, Mul->op_end()); 2293 LHS = getMulExpr(Operands); 2294 RHS = RHSCst; 2295 Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS); 2296 if (!Mul) 2297 return getUDivExactExpr(LHS, RHS); 2298 } 2299 } 2300 } 2301 2302 for (int i = 0, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 2303 if (Mul->getOperand(i) == RHS) { 2304 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands; 2305 Operands.append(Mul->op_begin(), Mul->op_begin() + i); 2306 Operands.append(Mul->op_begin() + i + 1, Mul->op_end()); 2307 return getMulExpr(Operands); 2308 } 2309 } 2310 2311 return getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS); 2312 } 2313 2314 /// getAddRecExpr - Get an add recurrence expression for the specified loop. 2315 /// Simplify the expression as much as possible. 2316 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAddRecExpr(const SCEV *Start, const SCEV *Step, 2317 const Loop *L, 2318 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) { 2319 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands; 2320 Operands.push_back(Start); 2321 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *StepChrec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Step)) 2322 if (StepChrec->getLoop() == L) { 2323 Operands.append(StepChrec->op_begin(), StepChrec->op_end()); 2324 return getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW)); 2325 } 2326 2327 Operands.push_back(Step); 2328 return getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, Flags); 2329 } 2330 2331 /// getAddRecExpr - Get an add recurrence expression for the specified loop. 2332 /// Simplify the expression as much as possible. 2333 const SCEV * 2334 ScalarEvolution::getAddRecExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Operands, 2335 const Loop *L, SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) { 2336 if (Operands.size() == 1) return Operands[0]; 2337 #ifndef NDEBUG 2338 Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Operands[0]->getType()); 2339 for (unsigned i = 1, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i) 2340 assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Operands[i]->getType()) == ETy && 2341 "SCEVAddRecExpr operand types don't match!"); 2342 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i) 2343 assert(isLoopInvariant(Operands[i], L) && 2344 "SCEVAddRecExpr operand is not loop-invariant!"); 2345 #endif 2346 2347 if (Operands.back()->isZero()) { 2348 Operands.pop_back(); 2349 return getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap); // {X,+,0} --> X 2350 } 2351 2352 // It's tempting to want to call getMaxBackedgeTakenCount count here and 2353 // use that information to infer NUW and NSW flags. However, computing a 2354 // BE count requires calling getAddRecExpr, so we may not yet have a 2355 // meaningful BE count at this point (and if we don't, we'd be stuck 2356 // with a SCEVCouldNotCompute as the cached BE count). 2357 2358 // If FlagNSW is true and all the operands are non-negative, infer FlagNUW. 2359 // And vice-versa. 2360 int SignOrUnsignMask = SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNSW; 2361 SCEV::NoWrapFlags SignOrUnsignWrap = maskFlags(Flags, SignOrUnsignMask); 2362 if (SignOrUnsignWrap && (SignOrUnsignWrap != SignOrUnsignMask)) { 2363 bool All = true; 2364 for (SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *>::const_iterator I = Operands.begin(), 2365 E = Operands.end(); I != E; ++I) 2366 if (!isKnownNonNegative(*I)) { 2367 All = false; 2368 break; 2369 } 2370 if (All) Flags = setFlags(Flags, (SCEV::NoWrapFlags)SignOrUnsignMask); 2371 } 2372 2373 // Canonicalize nested AddRecs in by nesting them in order of loop depth. 2374 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *NestedAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Operands[0])) { 2375 const Loop *NestedLoop = NestedAR->getLoop(); 2376 if (L->contains(NestedLoop) ? 2377 (L->getLoopDepth() < NestedLoop->getLoopDepth()) : 2378 (!NestedLoop->contains(L) && 2379 DT->dominates(L->getHeader(), NestedLoop->getHeader()))) { 2380 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NestedOperands(NestedAR->op_begin(), 2381 NestedAR->op_end()); 2382 Operands[0] = NestedAR->getStart(); 2383 // AddRecs require their operands be loop-invariant with respect to their 2384 // loops. Don't perform this transformation if it would break this 2385 // requirement. 2386 bool AllInvariant = true; 2387 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i) 2388 if (!isLoopInvariant(Operands[i], L)) { 2389 AllInvariant = false; 2390 break; 2391 } 2392 if (AllInvariant) { 2393 // Create a recurrence for the outer loop with the same step size. 2394 // 2395 // The outer recurrence keeps its NW flag but only keeps NUW/NSW if the 2396 // inner recurrence has the same property. 2397 SCEV::NoWrapFlags OuterFlags = 2398 maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW | NestedAR->getNoWrapFlags()); 2399 2400 NestedOperands[0] = getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, OuterFlags); 2401 AllInvariant = true; 2402 for (unsigned i = 0, e = NestedOperands.size(); i != e; ++i) 2403 if (!isLoopInvariant(NestedOperands[i], NestedLoop)) { 2404 AllInvariant = false; 2405 break; 2406 } 2407 if (AllInvariant) { 2408 // Ok, both add recurrences are valid after the transformation. 2409 // 2410 // The inner recurrence keeps its NW flag but only keeps NUW/NSW if 2411 // the outer recurrence has the same property. 2412 SCEV::NoWrapFlags InnerFlags = 2413 maskFlags(NestedAR->getNoWrapFlags(), SCEV::FlagNW | Flags); 2414 return getAddRecExpr(NestedOperands, NestedLoop, InnerFlags); 2415 } 2416 } 2417 // Reset Operands to its original state. 2418 Operands[0] = NestedAR; 2419 } 2420 } 2421 2422 // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an addrec expr. Check to see if we 2423 // already have one, otherwise create a new one. 2424 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2425 ID.AddInteger(scAddRecExpr); 2426 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i) 2427 ID.AddPointer(Operands[i]); 2428 ID.AddPointer(L); 2429 void *IP = 0; 2430 SCEVAddRecExpr *S = 2431 static_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)); 2432 if (!S) { 2433 const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Operands.size()); 2434 std::uninitialized_copy(Operands.begin(), Operands.end(), O); 2435 S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVAddRecExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), 2436 O, Operands.size(), L); 2437 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 2438 } 2439 S->setNoWrapFlags(Flags); 2440 return S; 2441 } 2442 2443 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSMaxExpr(const SCEV *LHS, 2444 const SCEV *RHS) { 2445 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Ops; 2446 Ops.push_back(LHS); 2447 Ops.push_back(RHS); 2448 return getSMaxExpr(Ops); 2449 } 2450 2451 const SCEV * 2452 ScalarEvolution::getSMaxExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops) { 2453 assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty smax!"); 2454 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 2455 #ifndef NDEBUG 2456 Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType()); 2457 for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) 2458 assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy && 2459 "SCEVSMaxExpr operand types don't match!"); 2460 #endif 2461 2462 // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together. 2463 GroupByComplexity(Ops, LI); 2464 2465 // If there are any constants, fold them together. 2466 unsigned Idx = 0; 2467 if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) { 2468 ++Idx; 2469 assert(Idx < Ops.size()); 2470 while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) { 2471 // We found two constants, fold them together! 2472 ConstantInt *Fold = ConstantInt::get(getContext(), 2473 APIntOps::smax(LHSC->getValue()->getValue(), 2474 RHSC->getValue()->getValue())); 2475 Ops[0] = getConstant(Fold); 2476 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1); // Erase the folded element 2477 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 2478 LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]); 2479 } 2480 2481 // If we are left with a constant minimum-int, strip it off. 2482 if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMinValue(true)) { 2483 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()); 2484 --Idx; 2485 } else if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMaxValue(true)) { 2486 // If we have an smax with a constant maximum-int, it will always be 2487 // maximum-int. 2488 return Ops[0]; 2489 } 2490 2491 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 2492 } 2493 2494 // Find the first SMax 2495 while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scSMaxExpr) 2496 ++Idx; 2497 2498 // Check to see if one of the operands is an SMax. If so, expand its operands 2499 // onto our operand list, and recurse to simplify. 2500 if (Idx < Ops.size()) { 2501 bool DeletedSMax = false; 2502 while (const SCEVSMaxExpr *SMax = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(Ops[Idx])) { 2503 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx); 2504 Ops.append(SMax->op_begin(), SMax->op_end()); 2505 DeletedSMax = true; 2506 } 2507 2508 if (DeletedSMax) 2509 return getSMaxExpr(Ops); 2510 } 2511 2512 // Okay, check to see if the same value occurs in the operand list twice. If 2513 // so, delete one. Since we sorted the list, these values are required to 2514 // be adjacent. 2515 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size()-1; i != e; ++i) 2516 // X smax Y smax Y --> X smax Y 2517 // X smax Y --> X, if X is always greater than Y 2518 if (Ops[i] == Ops[i+1] || 2519 isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) { 2520 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i+1, Ops.begin()+i+2); 2521 --i; --e; 2522 } else if (isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) { 2523 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i, Ops.begin()+i+1); 2524 --i; --e; 2525 } 2526 2527 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 2528 2529 assert(!Ops.empty() && "Reduced smax down to nothing!"); 2530 2531 // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an smax expr. Check to see if we 2532 // already have one, otherwise create a new one. 2533 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2534 ID.AddInteger(scSMaxExpr); 2535 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) 2536 ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]); 2537 void *IP = 0; 2538 if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S; 2539 const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size()); 2540 std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O); 2541 SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVSMaxExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), 2542 O, Ops.size()); 2543 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 2544 return S; 2545 } 2546 2547 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMaxExpr(const SCEV *LHS, 2548 const SCEV *RHS) { 2549 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Ops; 2550 Ops.push_back(LHS); 2551 Ops.push_back(RHS); 2552 return getUMaxExpr(Ops); 2553 } 2554 2555 const SCEV * 2556 ScalarEvolution::getUMaxExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops) { 2557 assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty umax!"); 2558 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 2559 #ifndef NDEBUG 2560 Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType()); 2561 for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) 2562 assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy && 2563 "SCEVUMaxExpr operand types don't match!"); 2564 #endif 2565 2566 // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together. 2567 GroupByComplexity(Ops, LI); 2568 2569 // If there are any constants, fold them together. 2570 unsigned Idx = 0; 2571 if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) { 2572 ++Idx; 2573 assert(Idx < Ops.size()); 2574 while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) { 2575 // We found two constants, fold them together! 2576 ConstantInt *Fold = ConstantInt::get(getContext(), 2577 APIntOps::umax(LHSC->getValue()->getValue(), 2578 RHSC->getValue()->getValue())); 2579 Ops[0] = getConstant(Fold); 2580 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1); // Erase the folded element 2581 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 2582 LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]); 2583 } 2584 2585 // If we are left with a constant minimum-int, strip it off. 2586 if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMinValue(false)) { 2587 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()); 2588 --Idx; 2589 } else if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMaxValue(false)) { 2590 // If we have an umax with a constant maximum-int, it will always be 2591 // maximum-int. 2592 return Ops[0]; 2593 } 2594 2595 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 2596 } 2597 2598 // Find the first UMax 2599 while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scUMaxExpr) 2600 ++Idx; 2601 2602 // Check to see if one of the operands is a UMax. If so, expand its operands 2603 // onto our operand list, and recurse to simplify. 2604 if (Idx < Ops.size()) { 2605 bool DeletedUMax = false; 2606 while (const SCEVUMaxExpr *UMax = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(Ops[Idx])) { 2607 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx); 2608 Ops.append(UMax->op_begin(), UMax->op_end()); 2609 DeletedUMax = true; 2610 } 2611 2612 if (DeletedUMax) 2613 return getUMaxExpr(Ops); 2614 } 2615 2616 // Okay, check to see if the same value occurs in the operand list twice. If 2617 // so, delete one. Since we sorted the list, these values are required to 2618 // be adjacent. 2619 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size()-1; i != e; ++i) 2620 // X umax Y umax Y --> X umax Y 2621 // X umax Y --> X, if X is always greater than Y 2622 if (Ops[i] == Ops[i+1] || 2623 isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) { 2624 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i+1, Ops.begin()+i+2); 2625 --i; --e; 2626 } else if (isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) { 2627 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i, Ops.begin()+i+1); 2628 --i; --e; 2629 } 2630 2631 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 2632 2633 assert(!Ops.empty() && "Reduced umax down to nothing!"); 2634 2635 // Okay, it looks like we really DO need a umax expr. Check to see if we 2636 // already have one, otherwise create a new one. 2637 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2638 ID.AddInteger(scUMaxExpr); 2639 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) 2640 ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]); 2641 void *IP = 0; 2642 if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S; 2643 const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size()); 2644 std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O); 2645 SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVUMaxExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), 2646 O, Ops.size()); 2647 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 2648 return S; 2649 } 2650 2651 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSMinExpr(const SCEV *LHS, 2652 const SCEV *RHS) { 2653 // ~smax(~x, ~y) == smin(x, y). 2654 return getNotSCEV(getSMaxExpr(getNotSCEV(LHS), getNotSCEV(RHS))); 2655 } 2656 2657 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMinExpr(const SCEV *LHS, 2658 const SCEV *RHS) { 2659 // ~umax(~x, ~y) == umin(x, y) 2660 return getNotSCEV(getUMaxExpr(getNotSCEV(LHS), getNotSCEV(RHS))); 2661 } 2662 2663 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSizeOfExpr(Type *IntTy, Type *AllocTy) { 2664 // If we have DataLayout, we can bypass creating a target-independent 2665 // constant expression and then folding it back into a ConstantInt. 2666 // This is just a compile-time optimization. 2667 if (TD) 2668 return getConstant(IntTy, TD->getTypeAllocSize(AllocTy)); 2669 2670 Constant *C = ConstantExpr::getSizeOf(AllocTy); 2671 if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(C)) 2672 if (Constant *Folded = ConstantFoldConstantExpression(CE, TD, TLI)) 2673 C = Folded; 2674 Type *Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(PointerType::getUnqual(AllocTy)); 2675 assert(Ty == IntTy && "Effective SCEV type doesn't match"); 2676 return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(C), Ty); 2677 } 2678 2679 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getOffsetOfExpr(Type *IntTy, 2680 StructType *STy, 2681 unsigned FieldNo) { 2682 // If we have DataLayout, we can bypass creating a target-independent 2683 // constant expression and then folding it back into a ConstantInt. 2684 // This is just a compile-time optimization. 2685 if (TD) { 2686 return getConstant(IntTy, 2687 TD->getStructLayout(STy)->getElementOffset(FieldNo)); 2688 } 2689 2690 Constant *C = ConstantExpr::getOffsetOf(STy, FieldNo); 2691 if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(C)) 2692 if (Constant *Folded = ConstantFoldConstantExpression(CE, TD, TLI)) 2693 C = Folded; 2694 2695 Type *Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(PointerType::getUnqual(STy)); 2696 return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(C), Ty); 2697 } 2698 2699 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUnknown(Value *V) { 2700 // Don't attempt to do anything other than create a SCEVUnknown object 2701 // here. createSCEV only calls getUnknown after checking for all other 2702 // interesting possibilities, and any other code that calls getUnknown 2703 // is doing so in order to hide a value from SCEV canonicalization. 2704 2705 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2706 ID.AddInteger(scUnknown); 2707 ID.AddPointer(V); 2708 void *IP = 0; 2709 if (SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) { 2710 assert(cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue() == V && 2711 "Stale SCEVUnknown in uniquing map!"); 2712 return S; 2713 } 2714 SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVUnknown(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), V, this, 2715 FirstUnknown); 2716 FirstUnknown = cast<SCEVUnknown>(S); 2717 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 2718 return S; 2719 } 2720 2721 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2722 // Basic SCEV Analysis and PHI Idiom Recognition Code 2723 // 2724 2725 /// isSCEVable - Test if values of the given type are analyzable within 2726 /// the SCEV framework. This primarily includes integer types, and it 2727 /// can optionally include pointer types if the ScalarEvolution class 2728 /// has access to target-specific information. 2729 bool ScalarEvolution::isSCEVable(Type *Ty) const { 2730 // Integers and pointers are always SCEVable. 2731 return Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy(); 2732 } 2733 2734 /// getTypeSizeInBits - Return the size in bits of the specified type, 2735 /// for which isSCEVable must return true. 2736 uint64_t ScalarEvolution::getTypeSizeInBits(Type *Ty) const { 2737 assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && "Type is not SCEVable!"); 2738 2739 // If we have a DataLayout, use it! 2740 if (TD) 2741 return TD->getTypeSizeInBits(Ty); 2742 2743 // Integer types have fixed sizes. 2744 if (Ty->isIntegerTy()) 2745 return Ty->getPrimitiveSizeInBits(); 2746 2747 // The only other support type is pointer. Without DataLayout, conservatively 2748 // assume pointers are 64-bit. 2749 assert(Ty->isPointerTy() && "isSCEVable permitted a non-SCEVable type!"); 2750 return 64; 2751 } 2752 2753 /// getEffectiveSCEVType - Return a type with the same bitwidth as 2754 /// the given type and which represents how SCEV will treat the given 2755 /// type, for which isSCEVable must return true. For pointer types, 2756 /// this is the pointer-sized integer type. 2757 Type *ScalarEvolution::getEffectiveSCEVType(Type *Ty) const { 2758 assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && "Type is not SCEVable!"); 2759 2760 if (Ty->isIntegerTy()) { 2761 return Ty; 2762 } 2763 2764 // The only other support type is pointer. 2765 assert(Ty->isPointerTy() && "Unexpected non-pointer non-integer type!"); 2766 2767 if (TD) 2768 return TD->getIntPtrType(Ty); 2769 2770 // Without DataLayout, conservatively assume pointers are 64-bit. 2771 return Type::getInt64Ty(getContext()); 2772 } 2773 2774 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getCouldNotCompute() { 2775 return &CouldNotCompute; 2776 } 2777 2778 namespace { 2779 // Helper class working with SCEVTraversal to figure out if a SCEV contains 2780 // a SCEVUnknown with null value-pointer. FindInvalidSCEVUnknown::FindOne 2781 // is set iff if find such SCEVUnknown. 2782 // 2783 struct FindInvalidSCEVUnknown { 2784 bool FindOne; 2785 FindInvalidSCEVUnknown() { FindOne = false; } 2786 bool follow(const SCEV *S) { 2787 switch (S->getSCEVType()) { 2788 case scConstant: 2789 return false; 2790 case scUnknown: 2791 if (!cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue()) 2792 FindOne = true; 2793 return false; 2794 default: 2795 return true; 2796 } 2797 } 2798 bool isDone() const { return FindOne; } 2799 }; 2800 } 2801 2802 bool ScalarEvolution::checkValidity(const SCEV *S) const { 2803 FindInvalidSCEVUnknown F; 2804 SCEVTraversal<FindInvalidSCEVUnknown> ST(F); 2805 ST.visitAll(S); 2806 2807 return !F.FindOne; 2808 } 2809 2810 /// getSCEV - Return an existing SCEV if it exists, otherwise analyze the 2811 /// expression and create a new one. 2812 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSCEV(Value *V) { 2813 assert(isSCEVable(V->getType()) && "Value is not SCEVable!"); 2814 2815 ValueExprMapType::iterator I = ValueExprMap.find_as(V); 2816 if (I != ValueExprMap.end()) { 2817 const SCEV *S = I->second; 2818 if (checkValidity(S)) 2819 return S; 2820 else 2821 ValueExprMap.erase(I); 2822 } 2823 const SCEV *S = createSCEV(V); 2824 2825 // The process of creating a SCEV for V may have caused other SCEVs 2826 // to have been created, so it's necessary to insert the new entry 2827 // from scratch, rather than trying to remember the insert position 2828 // above. 2829 ValueExprMap.insert(std::make_pair(SCEVCallbackVH(V, this), S)); 2830 return S; 2831 } 2832 2833 /// getNegativeSCEV - Return a SCEV corresponding to -V = -1*V 2834 /// 2835 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getNegativeSCEV(const SCEV *V) { 2836 if (const SCEVConstant *VC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V)) 2837 return getConstant( 2838 cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(VC->getValue()))); 2839 2840 Type *Ty = V->getType(); 2841 Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty); 2842 return getMulExpr(V, 2843 getConstant(cast<ConstantInt>(Constant::getAllOnesValue(Ty)))); 2844 } 2845 2846 /// getNotSCEV - Return a SCEV corresponding to ~V = -1-V 2847 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getNotSCEV(const SCEV *V) { 2848 if (const SCEVConstant *VC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V)) 2849 return getConstant( 2850 cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNot(VC->getValue()))); 2851 2852 Type *Ty = V->getType(); 2853 Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty); 2854 const SCEV *AllOnes = 2855 getConstant(cast<ConstantInt>(Constant::getAllOnesValue(Ty))); 2856 return getMinusSCEV(AllOnes, V); 2857 } 2858 2859 /// getMinusSCEV - Return LHS-RHS. Minus is represented in SCEV as A+B*-1. 2860 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getMinusSCEV(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS, 2861 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) { 2862 assert(!maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW) && "subtraction does not have NUW"); 2863 2864 // Fast path: X - X --> 0. 2865 if (LHS == RHS) 2866 return getConstant(LHS->getType(), 0); 2867 2868 // X - Y --> X + -Y 2869 return getAddExpr(LHS, getNegativeSCEV(RHS), Flags); 2870 } 2871 2872 /// getTruncateOrZeroExtend - Return a SCEV corresponding to a conversion of the 2873 /// input value to the specified type. If the type must be extended, it is zero 2874 /// extended. 2875 const SCEV * 2876 ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrZeroExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) { 2877 Type *SrcTy = V->getType(); 2878 assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) && 2879 (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) && 2880 "Cannot truncate or zero extend with non-integer arguments!"); 2881 if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)) 2882 return V; // No conversion 2883 if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)) 2884 return getTruncateExpr(V, Ty); 2885 return getZeroExtendExpr(V, Ty); 2886 } 2887 2888 /// getTruncateOrSignExtend - Return a SCEV corresponding to a conversion of the 2889 /// input value to the specified type. If the type must be extended, it is sign 2890 /// extended. 2891 const SCEV * 2892 ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrSignExtend(const SCEV *V, 2893 Type *Ty) { 2894 Type *SrcTy = V->getType(); 2895 assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) && 2896 (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) && 2897 "Cannot truncate or zero extend with non-integer arguments!"); 2898 if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)) 2899 return V; // No conversion 2900 if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)) 2901 return getTruncateExpr(V, Ty); 2902 return getSignExtendExpr(V, Ty); 2903 } 2904 2905 /// getNoopOrZeroExtend - Return a SCEV corresponding to a conversion of the 2906 /// input value to the specified type. If the type must be extended, it is zero 2907 /// extended. The conversion must not be narrowing. 2908 const SCEV * 2909 ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrZeroExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) { 2910 Type *SrcTy = V->getType(); 2911 assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) && 2912 (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) && 2913 "Cannot noop or zero extend with non-integer arguments!"); 2914 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) && 2915 "getNoopOrZeroExtend cannot truncate!"); 2916 if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)) 2917 return V; // No conversion 2918 return getZeroExtendExpr(V, Ty); 2919 } 2920 2921 /// getNoopOrSignExtend - Return a SCEV corresponding to a conversion of the 2922 /// input value to the specified type. If the type must be extended, it is sign 2923 /// extended. The conversion must not be narrowing. 2924 const SCEV * 2925 ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrSignExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) { 2926 Type *SrcTy = V->getType(); 2927 assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) && 2928 (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) && 2929 "Cannot noop or sign extend with non-integer arguments!"); 2930 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) && 2931 "getNoopOrSignExtend cannot truncate!"); 2932 if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)) 2933 return V; // No conversion 2934 return getSignExtendExpr(V, Ty); 2935 } 2936 2937 /// getNoopOrAnyExtend - Return a SCEV corresponding to a conversion of 2938 /// the input value to the specified type. If the type must be extended, 2939 /// it is extended with unspecified bits. The conversion must not be 2940 /// narrowing. 2941 const SCEV * 2942 ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrAnyExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) { 2943 Type *SrcTy = V->getType(); 2944 assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) && 2945 (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) && 2946 "Cannot noop or any extend with non-integer arguments!"); 2947 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) && 2948 "getNoopOrAnyExtend cannot truncate!"); 2949 if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)) 2950 return V; // No conversion 2951 return getAnyExtendExpr(V, Ty); 2952 } 2953 2954 /// getTruncateOrNoop - Return a SCEV corresponding to a conversion of the 2955 /// input value to the specified type. The conversion must not be widening. 2956 const SCEV * 2957 ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrNoop(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) { 2958 Type *SrcTy = V->getType(); 2959 assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) && 2960 (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) && 2961 "Cannot truncate or noop with non-integer arguments!"); 2962 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) >= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) && 2963 "getTruncateOrNoop cannot extend!"); 2964 if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)) 2965 return V; // No conversion 2966 return getTruncateExpr(V, Ty); 2967 } 2968 2969 /// getUMaxFromMismatchedTypes - Promote the operands to the wider of 2970 /// the types using zero-extension, and then perform a umax operation 2971 /// with them. 2972 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMaxFromMismatchedTypes(const SCEV *LHS, 2973 const SCEV *RHS) { 2974 const SCEV *PromotedLHS = LHS; 2975 const SCEV *PromotedRHS = RHS; 2976 2977 if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) > getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType())) 2978 PromotedRHS = getZeroExtendExpr(RHS, LHS->getType()); 2979 else 2980 PromotedLHS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(LHS, RHS->getType()); 2981 2982 return getUMaxExpr(PromotedLHS, PromotedRHS); 2983 } 2984 2985 /// getUMinFromMismatchedTypes - Promote the operands to the wider of 2986 /// the types using zero-extension, and then perform a umin operation 2987 /// with them. 2988 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(const SCEV *LHS, 2989 const SCEV *RHS) { 2990 const SCEV *PromotedLHS = LHS; 2991 const SCEV *PromotedRHS = RHS; 2992 2993 if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) > getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType())) 2994 PromotedRHS = getZeroExtendExpr(RHS, LHS->getType()); 2995 else 2996 PromotedLHS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(LHS, RHS->getType()); 2997 2998 return getUMinExpr(PromotedLHS, PromotedRHS); 2999 } 3000 3001 /// getPointerBase - Transitively follow the chain of pointer-type operands 3002 /// until reaching a SCEV that does not have a single pointer operand. This 3003 /// returns a SCEVUnknown pointer for well-formed pointer-type expressions, 3004 /// but corner cases do exist. 3005 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getPointerBase(const SCEV *V) { 3006 // A pointer operand may evaluate to a nonpointer expression, such as null. 3007 if (!V->getType()->isPointerTy()) 3008 return V; 3009 3010 if (const SCEVCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVCastExpr>(V)) { 3011 return getPointerBase(Cast->getOperand()); 3012 } 3013 else if (const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = dyn_cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(V)) { 3014 const SCEV *PtrOp = 0; 3015 for (SCEVNAryExpr::op_iterator I = NAry->op_begin(), E = NAry->op_end(); 3016 I != E; ++I) { 3017 if ((*I)->getType()->isPointerTy()) { 3018 // Cannot find the base of an expression with multiple pointer operands. 3019 if (PtrOp) 3020 return V; 3021 PtrOp = *I; 3022 } 3023 } 3024 if (!PtrOp) 3025 return V; 3026 return getPointerBase(PtrOp); 3027 } 3028 return V; 3029 } 3030 3031 /// PushDefUseChildren - Push users of the given Instruction 3032 /// onto the given Worklist. 3033 static void 3034 PushDefUseChildren(Instruction *I, 3035 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Worklist) { 3036 // Push the def-use children onto the Worklist stack. 3037 for (Value::use_iterator UI = I->use_begin(), UE = I->use_end(); 3038 UI != UE; ++UI) 3039 Worklist.push_back(cast<Instruction>(*UI)); 3040 } 3041 3042 /// ForgetSymbolicValue - This looks up computed SCEV values for all 3043 /// instructions that depend on the given instruction and removes them from 3044 /// the ValueExprMapType map if they reference SymName. This is used during PHI 3045 /// resolution. 3046 void 3047 ScalarEvolution::ForgetSymbolicName(Instruction *PN, const SCEV *SymName) { 3048 SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist; 3049 PushDefUseChildren(PN, Worklist); 3050 3051 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited; 3052 Visited.insert(PN); 3053 while (!Worklist.empty()) { 3054 Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val(); 3055 if (!Visited.insert(I)) continue; 3056 3057 ValueExprMapType::iterator It = 3058 ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I)); 3059 if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) { 3060 const SCEV *Old = It->second; 3061 3062 // Short-circuit the def-use traversal if the symbolic name 3063 // ceases to appear in expressions. 3064 if (Old != SymName && !hasOperand(Old, SymName)) 3065 continue; 3066 3067 // SCEVUnknown for a PHI either means that it has an unrecognized 3068 // structure, it's a PHI that's in the progress of being computed 3069 // by createNodeForPHI, or it's a single-value PHI. In the first case, 3070 // additional loop trip count information isn't going to change anything. 3071 // In the second case, createNodeForPHI will perform the necessary 3072 // updates on its own when it gets to that point. In the third, we do 3073 // want to forget the SCEVUnknown. 3074 if (!isa<PHINode>(I) || 3075 !isa<SCEVUnknown>(Old) || 3076 (I != PN && Old == SymName)) { 3077 forgetMemoizedResults(Old); 3078 ValueExprMap.erase(It); 3079 } 3080 } 3081 3082 PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist); 3083 } 3084 } 3085 3086 /// createNodeForPHI - PHI nodes have two cases. Either the PHI node exists in 3087 /// a loop header, making it a potential recurrence, or it doesn't. 3088 /// 3089 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeForPHI(PHINode *PN) { 3090 if (const Loop *L = LI->getLoopFor(PN->getParent())) 3091 if (L->getHeader() == PN->getParent()) { 3092 // The loop may have multiple entrances or multiple exits; we can analyze 3093 // this phi as an addrec if it has a unique entry value and a unique 3094 // backedge value. 3095 Value *BEValueV = 0, *StartValueV = 0; 3096 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) { 3097 Value *V = PN->getIncomingValue(i); 3098 if (L->contains(PN->getIncomingBlock(i))) { 3099 if (!BEValueV) { 3100 BEValueV = V; 3101 } else if (BEValueV != V) { 3102 BEValueV = 0; 3103 break; 3104 } 3105 } else if (!StartValueV) { 3106 StartValueV = V; 3107 } else if (StartValueV != V) { 3108 StartValueV = 0; 3109 break; 3110 } 3111 } 3112 if (BEValueV && StartValueV) { 3113 // While we are analyzing this PHI node, handle its value symbolically. 3114 const SCEV *SymbolicName = getUnknown(PN); 3115 assert(ValueExprMap.find_as(PN) == ValueExprMap.end() && 3116 "PHI node already processed?"); 3117 ValueExprMap.insert(std::make_pair(SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this), SymbolicName)); 3118 3119 // Using this symbolic name for the PHI, analyze the value coming around 3120 // the back-edge. 3121 const SCEV *BEValue = getSCEV(BEValueV); 3122 3123 // NOTE: If BEValue is loop invariant, we know that the PHI node just 3124 // has a special value for the first iteration of the loop. 3125 3126 // If the value coming around the backedge is an add with the symbolic 3127 // value we just inserted, then we found a simple induction variable! 3128 if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(BEValue)) { 3129 // If there is a single occurrence of the symbolic value, replace it 3130 // with a recurrence. 3131 unsigned FoundIndex = Add->getNumOperands(); 3132 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 3133 if (Add->getOperand(i) == SymbolicName) 3134 if (FoundIndex == e) { 3135 FoundIndex = i; 3136 break; 3137 } 3138 3139 if (FoundIndex != Add->getNumOperands()) { 3140 // Create an add with everything but the specified operand. 3141 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> Ops; 3142 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 3143 if (i != FoundIndex) 3144 Ops.push_back(Add->getOperand(i)); 3145 const SCEV *Accum = getAddExpr(Ops); 3146 3147 // This is not a valid addrec if the step amount is varying each 3148 // loop iteration, but is not itself an addrec in this loop. 3149 if (isLoopInvariant(Accum, L) || 3150 (isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Accum) && 3151 cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Accum)->getLoop() == L)) { 3152 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap; 3153 3154 // If the increment doesn't overflow, then neither the addrec nor 3155 // the post-increment will overflow. 3156 if (const AddOperator *OBO = dyn_cast<AddOperator>(BEValueV)) { 3157 if (OBO->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) 3158 Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW); 3159 if (OBO->hasNoSignedWrap()) 3160 Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW); 3161 } else if (GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(BEValueV)) { 3162 // If the increment is an inbounds GEP, then we know the address 3163 // space cannot be wrapped around. We cannot make any guarantee 3164 // about signed or unsigned overflow because pointers are 3165 // unsigned but we may have a negative index from the base 3166 // pointer. We can guarantee that no unsigned wrap occurs if the 3167 // indices form a positive value. 3168 if (GEP->isInBounds()) { 3169 Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW); 3170 3171 const SCEV *Ptr = getSCEV(GEP->getPointerOperand()); 3172 if (isKnownPositive(getMinusSCEV(getSCEV(GEP), Ptr))) 3173 Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW); 3174 } 3175 } else if (const SubOperator *OBO = 3176 dyn_cast<SubOperator>(BEValueV)) { 3177 if (OBO->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) 3178 Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW); 3179 if (OBO->hasNoSignedWrap()) 3180 Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW); 3181 } 3182 3183 const SCEV *StartVal = getSCEV(StartValueV); 3184 const SCEV *PHISCEV = getAddRecExpr(StartVal, Accum, L, Flags); 3185 3186 // Since the no-wrap flags are on the increment, they apply to the 3187 // post-incremented value as well. 3188 if (isLoopInvariant(Accum, L)) 3189 (void)getAddRecExpr(getAddExpr(StartVal, Accum), 3190 Accum, L, Flags); 3191 3192 // Okay, for the entire analysis of this edge we assumed the PHI 3193 // to be symbolic. We now need to go back and purge all of the 3194 // entries for the scalars that use the symbolic expression. 3195 ForgetSymbolicName(PN, SymbolicName); 3196 ValueExprMap[SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this)] = PHISCEV; 3197 return PHISCEV; 3198 } 3199 } 3200 } else if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = 3201 dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(BEValue)) { 3202 // Otherwise, this could be a loop like this: 3203 // i = 0; for (j = 1; ..; ++j) { .... i = j; } 3204 // In this case, j = {1,+,1} and BEValue is j. 3205 // Because the other in-value of i (0) fits the evolution of BEValue 3206 // i really is an addrec evolution. 3207 if (AddRec->getLoop() == L && AddRec->isAffine()) { 3208 const SCEV *StartVal = getSCEV(StartValueV); 3209 3210 // If StartVal = j.start - j.stride, we can use StartVal as the 3211 // initial step of the addrec evolution. 3212 if (StartVal == getMinusSCEV(AddRec->getOperand(0), 3213 AddRec->getOperand(1))) { 3214 // FIXME: For constant StartVal, we should be able to infer 3215 // no-wrap flags. 3216 const SCEV *PHISCEV = 3217 getAddRecExpr(StartVal, AddRec->getOperand(1), L, 3218 SCEV::FlagAnyWrap); 3219 3220 // Okay, for the entire analysis of this edge we assumed the PHI 3221 // to be symbolic. We now need to go back and purge all of the 3222 // entries for the scalars that use the symbolic expression. 3223 ForgetSymbolicName(PN, SymbolicName); 3224 ValueExprMap[SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this)] = PHISCEV; 3225 return PHISCEV; 3226 } 3227 } 3228 } 3229 } 3230 } 3231 3232 // If the PHI has a single incoming value, follow that value, unless the 3233 // PHI's incoming blocks are in a different loop, in which case doing so 3234 // risks breaking LCSSA form. Instcombine would normally zap these, but 3235 // it doesn't have DominatorTree information, so it may miss cases. 3236 if (Value *V = SimplifyInstruction(PN, TD, TLI, DT)) 3237 if (LI->replacementPreservesLCSSAForm(PN, V)) 3238 return getSCEV(V); 3239 3240 // If it's not a loop phi, we can't handle it yet. 3241 return getUnknown(PN); 3242 } 3243 3244 /// createNodeForGEP - Expand GEP instructions into add and multiply 3245 /// operations. This allows them to be analyzed by regular SCEV code. 3246 /// 3247 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeForGEP(GEPOperator *GEP) { 3248 Type *IntPtrTy = getEffectiveSCEVType(GEP->getType()); 3249 Value *Base = GEP->getOperand(0); 3250 // Don't attempt to analyze GEPs over unsized objects. 3251 if (!Base->getType()->getPointerElementType()->isSized()) 3252 return getUnknown(GEP); 3253 3254 // Don't blindly transfer the inbounds flag from the GEP instruction to the 3255 // Add expression, because the Instruction may be guarded by control flow 3256 // and the no-overflow bits may not be valid for the expression in any 3257 // context. 3258 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Wrap = GEP->isInBounds() ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagAnyWrap; 3259 3260 const SCEV *TotalOffset = getConstant(IntPtrTy, 0); 3261 gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP); 3262 for (GetElementPtrInst::op_iterator I = llvm::next(GEP->op_begin()), 3263 E = GEP->op_end(); 3264 I != E; ++I) { 3265 Value *Index = *I; 3266 // Compute the (potentially symbolic) offset in bytes for this index. 3267 if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(*GTI++)) { 3268 // For a struct, add the member offset. 3269 unsigned FieldNo = cast<ConstantInt>(Index)->getZExtValue(); 3270 const SCEV *FieldOffset = getOffsetOfExpr(IntPtrTy, STy, FieldNo); 3271 3272 // Add the field offset to the running total offset. 3273 TotalOffset = getAddExpr(TotalOffset, FieldOffset); 3274 } else { 3275 // For an array, add the element offset, explicitly scaled. 3276 const SCEV *ElementSize = getSizeOfExpr(IntPtrTy, *GTI); 3277 const SCEV *IndexS = getSCEV(Index); 3278 // Getelementptr indices are signed. 3279 IndexS = getTruncateOrSignExtend(IndexS, IntPtrTy); 3280 3281 // Multiply the index by the element size to compute the element offset. 3282 const SCEV *LocalOffset = getMulExpr(IndexS, ElementSize, Wrap); 3283 3284 // Add the element offset to the running total offset. 3285 TotalOffset = getAddExpr(TotalOffset, LocalOffset); 3286 } 3287 } 3288 3289 // Get the SCEV for the GEP base. 3290 const SCEV *BaseS = getSCEV(Base); 3291 3292 // Add the total offset from all the GEP indices to the base. 3293 return getAddExpr(BaseS, TotalOffset, Wrap); 3294 } 3295 3296 /// GetMinTrailingZeros - Determine the minimum number of zero bits that S is 3297 /// guaranteed to end in (at every loop iteration). It is, at the same time, 3298 /// the minimum number of times S is divisible by 2. For example, given {4,+,8} 3299 /// it returns 2. If S is guaranteed to be 0, it returns the bitwidth of S. 3300 uint32_t 3301 ScalarEvolution::GetMinTrailingZeros(const SCEV *S) { 3302 if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S)) 3303 return C->getValue()->getValue().countTrailingZeros(); 3304 3305 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S)) 3306 return std::min(GetMinTrailingZeros(T->getOperand()), 3307 (uint32_t)getTypeSizeInBits(T->getType())); 3308 3309 if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *E = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(S)) { 3310 uint32_t OpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(E->getOperand()); 3311 return OpRes == getTypeSizeInBits(E->getOperand()->getType()) ? 3312 getTypeSizeInBits(E->getType()) : OpRes; 3313 } 3314 3315 if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *E = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S)) { 3316 uint32_t OpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(E->getOperand()); 3317 return OpRes == getTypeSizeInBits(E->getOperand()->getType()) ? 3318 getTypeSizeInBits(E->getType()) : OpRes; 3319 } 3320 3321 if (const SCEVAddExpr *A = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S)) { 3322 // The result is the min of all operands results. 3323 uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(0)); 3324 for (unsigned i = 1, e = A->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i) 3325 MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(i))); 3326 return MinOpRes; 3327 } 3328 3329 if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) { 3330 // The result is the sum of all operands results. 3331 uint32_t SumOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(0)); 3332 uint32_t BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(M->getType()); 3333 for (unsigned i = 1, e = M->getNumOperands(); 3334 SumOpRes != BitWidth && i != e; ++i) 3335 SumOpRes = std::min(SumOpRes + GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(i)), 3336 BitWidth); 3337 return SumOpRes; 3338 } 3339 3340 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *A = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) { 3341 // The result is the min of all operands results. 3342 uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(0)); 3343 for (unsigned i = 1, e = A->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i) 3344 MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(i))); 3345 return MinOpRes; 3346 } 3347 3348 if (const SCEVSMaxExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(S)) { 3349 // The result is the min of all operands results. 3350 uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(0)); 3351 for (unsigned i = 1, e = M->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i) 3352 MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(i))); 3353 return MinOpRes; 3354 } 3355 3356 if (const SCEVUMaxExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(S)) { 3357 // The result is the min of all operands results. 3358 uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(0)); 3359 for (unsigned i = 1, e = M->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i) 3360 MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(i))); 3361 return MinOpRes; 3362 } 3363 3364 if (const SCEVUnknown *U = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)) { 3365 // For a SCEVUnknown, ask ValueTracking. 3366 unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(U->getType()); 3367 APInt Zeros(BitWidth, 0), Ones(BitWidth, 0); 3368 ComputeMaskedBits(U->getValue(), Zeros, Ones); 3369 return Zeros.countTrailingOnes(); 3370 } 3371 3372 // SCEVUDivExpr 3373 return 0; 3374 } 3375 3376 /// getUnsignedRange - Determine the unsigned range for a particular SCEV. 3377 /// 3378 ConstantRange 3379 ScalarEvolution::getUnsignedRange(const SCEV *S) { 3380 // See if we've computed this range already. 3381 DenseMap<const SCEV *, ConstantRange>::iterator I = UnsignedRanges.find(S); 3382 if (I != UnsignedRanges.end()) 3383 return I->second; 3384 3385 if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S)) 3386 return setUnsignedRange(C, ConstantRange(C->getValue()->getValue())); 3387 3388 unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(S->getType()); 3389 ConstantRange ConservativeResult(BitWidth, /*isFullSet=*/true); 3390 3391 // If the value has known zeros, the maximum unsigned value will have those 3392 // known zeros as well. 3393 uint32_t TZ = GetMinTrailingZeros(S); 3394 if (TZ != 0) 3395 ConservativeResult = 3396 ConstantRange(APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth), 3397 APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth).lshr(TZ).shl(TZ) + 1); 3398 3399 if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S)) { 3400 ConstantRange X = getUnsignedRange(Add->getOperand(0)); 3401 for (unsigned i = 1, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 3402 X = X.add(getUnsignedRange(Add->getOperand(i))); 3403 return setUnsignedRange(Add, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X)); 3404 } 3405 3406 if (const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) { 3407 ConstantRange X = getUnsignedRange(Mul->getOperand(0)); 3408 for (unsigned i = 1, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 3409 X = X.multiply(getUnsignedRange(Mul->getOperand(i))); 3410 return setUnsignedRange(Mul, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X)); 3411 } 3412 3413 if (const SCEVSMaxExpr *SMax = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(S)) { 3414 ConstantRange X = getUnsignedRange(SMax->getOperand(0)); 3415 for (unsigned i = 1, e = SMax->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 3416 X = X.smax(getUnsignedRange(SMax->getOperand(i))); 3417 return setUnsignedRange(SMax, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X)); 3418 } 3419 3420 if (const SCEVUMaxExpr *UMax = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(S)) { 3421 ConstantRange X = getUnsignedRange(UMax->getOperand(0)); 3422 for (unsigned i = 1, e = UMax->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 3423 X = X.umax(getUnsignedRange(UMax->getOperand(i))); 3424 return setUnsignedRange(UMax, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X)); 3425 } 3426 3427 if (const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = dyn_cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S)) { 3428 ConstantRange X = getUnsignedRange(UDiv->getLHS()); 3429 ConstantRange Y = getUnsignedRange(UDiv->getRHS()); 3430 return setUnsignedRange(UDiv, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.udiv(Y))); 3431 } 3432 3433 if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(S)) { 3434 ConstantRange X = getUnsignedRange(ZExt->getOperand()); 3435 return setUnsignedRange(ZExt, 3436 ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.zeroExtend(BitWidth))); 3437 } 3438 3439 if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S)) { 3440 ConstantRange X = getUnsignedRange(SExt->getOperand()); 3441 return setUnsignedRange(SExt, 3442 ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.signExtend(BitWidth))); 3443 } 3444 3445 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S)) { 3446 ConstantRange X = getUnsignedRange(Trunc->getOperand()); 3447 return setUnsignedRange(Trunc, 3448 ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.truncate(BitWidth))); 3449 } 3450 3451 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) { 3452 // If there's no unsigned wrap, the value will never be less than its 3453 // initial value. 3454 if (AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW)) 3455 if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getStart())) 3456 if (!C->getValue()->isZero()) 3457 ConservativeResult = 3458 ConservativeResult.intersectWith( 3459 ConstantRange(C->getValue()->getValue(), APInt(BitWidth, 0))); 3460 3461 // TODO: non-affine addrec 3462 if (AddRec->isAffine()) { 3463 Type *Ty = AddRec->getType(); 3464 const SCEV *MaxBECount = getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(AddRec->getLoop()); 3465 if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) && 3466 getTypeSizeInBits(MaxBECount->getType()) <= BitWidth) { 3467 MaxBECount = getNoopOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Ty); 3468 3469 const SCEV *Start = AddRec->getStart(); 3470 const SCEV *Step = AddRec->getStepRecurrence(*this); 3471 3472 ConstantRange StartRange = getUnsignedRange(Start); 3473 ConstantRange StepRange = getSignedRange(Step); 3474 ConstantRange MaxBECountRange = getUnsignedRange(MaxBECount); 3475 ConstantRange EndRange = 3476 StartRange.add(MaxBECountRange.multiply(StepRange)); 3477 3478 // Check for overflow. This must be done with ConstantRange arithmetic 3479 // because we could be called from within the ScalarEvolution overflow 3480 // checking code. 3481 ConstantRange ExtStartRange = StartRange.zextOrTrunc(BitWidth*2+1); 3482 ConstantRange ExtStepRange = StepRange.sextOrTrunc(BitWidth*2+1); 3483 ConstantRange ExtMaxBECountRange = 3484 MaxBECountRange.zextOrTrunc(BitWidth*2+1); 3485 ConstantRange ExtEndRange = EndRange.zextOrTrunc(BitWidth*2+1); 3486 if (ExtStartRange.add(ExtMaxBECountRange.multiply(ExtStepRange)) != 3487 ExtEndRange) 3488 return setUnsignedRange(AddRec, ConservativeResult); 3489 3490 APInt Min = APIntOps::umin(StartRange.getUnsignedMin(), 3491 EndRange.getUnsignedMin()); 3492 APInt Max = APIntOps::umax(StartRange.getUnsignedMax(), 3493 EndRange.getUnsignedMax()); 3494 if (Min.isMinValue() && Max.isMaxValue()) 3495 return setUnsignedRange(AddRec, ConservativeResult); 3496 return setUnsignedRange(AddRec, 3497 ConservativeResult.intersectWith(ConstantRange(Min, Max+1))); 3498 } 3499 } 3500 3501 return setUnsignedRange(AddRec, ConservativeResult); 3502 } 3503 3504 if (const SCEVUnknown *U = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)) { 3505 // For a SCEVUnknown, ask ValueTracking. 3506 APInt Zeros(BitWidth, 0), Ones(BitWidth, 0); 3507 ComputeMaskedBits(U->getValue(), Zeros, Ones, TD); 3508 if (Ones == ~Zeros + 1) 3509 return setUnsignedRange(U, ConservativeResult); 3510 return setUnsignedRange(U, 3511 ConservativeResult.intersectWith(ConstantRange(Ones, ~Zeros + 1))); 3512 } 3513 3514 return setUnsignedRange(S, ConservativeResult); 3515 } 3516 3517 /// getSignedRange - Determine the signed range for a particular SCEV. 3518 /// 3519 ConstantRange 3520 ScalarEvolution::getSignedRange(const SCEV *S) { 3521 // See if we've computed this range already. 3522 DenseMap<const SCEV *, ConstantRange>::iterator I = SignedRanges.find(S); 3523 if (I != SignedRanges.end()) 3524 return I->second; 3525 3526 if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S)) 3527 return setSignedRange(C, ConstantRange(C->getValue()->getValue())); 3528 3529 unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(S->getType()); 3530 ConstantRange ConservativeResult(BitWidth, /*isFullSet=*/true); 3531 3532 // If the value has known zeros, the maximum signed value will have those 3533 // known zeros as well. 3534 uint32_t TZ = GetMinTrailingZeros(S); 3535 if (TZ != 0) 3536 ConservativeResult = 3537 ConstantRange(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth), 3538 APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth).ashr(TZ).shl(TZ) + 1); 3539 3540 if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S)) { 3541 ConstantRange X = getSignedRange(Add->getOperand(0)); 3542 for (unsigned i = 1, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 3543 X = X.add(getSignedRange(Add->getOperand(i))); 3544 return setSignedRange(Add, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X)); 3545 } 3546 3547 if (const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) { 3548 ConstantRange X = getSignedRange(Mul->getOperand(0)); 3549 for (unsigned i = 1, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 3550 X = X.multiply(getSignedRange(Mul->getOperand(i))); 3551 return setSignedRange(Mul, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X)); 3552 } 3553 3554 if (const SCEVSMaxExpr *SMax = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(S)) { 3555 ConstantRange X = getSignedRange(SMax->getOperand(0)); 3556 for (unsigned i = 1, e = SMax->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 3557 X = X.smax(getSignedRange(SMax->getOperand(i))); 3558 return setSignedRange(SMax, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X)); 3559 } 3560 3561 if (const SCEVUMaxExpr *UMax = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(S)) { 3562 ConstantRange X = getSignedRange(UMax->getOperand(0)); 3563 for (unsigned i = 1, e = UMax->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 3564 X = X.umax(getSignedRange(UMax->getOperand(i))); 3565 return setSignedRange(UMax, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X)); 3566 } 3567 3568 if (const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = dyn_cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S)) { 3569 ConstantRange X = getSignedRange(UDiv->getLHS()); 3570 ConstantRange Y = getSignedRange(UDiv->getRHS()); 3571 return setSignedRange(UDiv, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.udiv(Y))); 3572 } 3573 3574 if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(S)) { 3575 ConstantRange X = getSignedRange(ZExt->getOperand()); 3576 return setSignedRange(ZExt, 3577 ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.zeroExtend(BitWidth))); 3578 } 3579 3580 if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S)) { 3581 ConstantRange X = getSignedRange(SExt->getOperand()); 3582 return setSignedRange(SExt, 3583 ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.signExtend(BitWidth))); 3584 } 3585 3586 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S)) { 3587 ConstantRange X = getSignedRange(Trunc->getOperand()); 3588 return setSignedRange(Trunc, 3589 ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.truncate(BitWidth))); 3590 } 3591 3592 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) { 3593 // If there's no signed wrap, and all the operands have the same sign or 3594 // zero, the value won't ever change sign. 3595 if (AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW)) { 3596 bool AllNonNeg = true; 3597 bool AllNonPos = true; 3598 for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 3599 if (!isKnownNonNegative(AddRec->getOperand(i))) AllNonNeg = false; 3600 if (!isKnownNonPositive(AddRec->getOperand(i))) AllNonPos = false; 3601 } 3602 if (AllNonNeg) 3603 ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith( 3604 ConstantRange(APInt(BitWidth, 0), 3605 APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth))); 3606 else if (AllNonPos) 3607 ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith( 3608 ConstantRange(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth), 3609 APInt(BitWidth, 1))); 3610 } 3611 3612 // TODO: non-affine addrec 3613 if (AddRec->isAffine()) { 3614 Type *Ty = AddRec->getType(); 3615 const SCEV *MaxBECount = getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(AddRec->getLoop()); 3616 if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) && 3617 getTypeSizeInBits(MaxBECount->getType()) <= BitWidth) { 3618 MaxBECount = getNoopOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Ty); 3619 3620 const SCEV *Start = AddRec->getStart(); 3621 const SCEV *Step = AddRec->getStepRecurrence(*this); 3622 3623 ConstantRange StartRange = getSignedRange(Start); 3624 ConstantRange StepRange = getSignedRange(Step); 3625 ConstantRange MaxBECountRange = getUnsignedRange(MaxBECount); 3626 ConstantRange EndRange = 3627 StartRange.add(MaxBECountRange.multiply(StepRange)); 3628 3629 // Check for overflow. This must be done with ConstantRange arithmetic 3630 // because we could be called from within the ScalarEvolution overflow 3631 // checking code. 3632 ConstantRange ExtStartRange = StartRange.sextOrTrunc(BitWidth*2+1); 3633 ConstantRange ExtStepRange = StepRange.sextOrTrunc(BitWidth*2+1); 3634 ConstantRange ExtMaxBECountRange = 3635 MaxBECountRange.zextOrTrunc(BitWidth*2+1); 3636 ConstantRange ExtEndRange = EndRange.sextOrTrunc(BitWidth*2+1); 3637 if (ExtStartRange.add(ExtMaxBECountRange.multiply(ExtStepRange)) != 3638 ExtEndRange) 3639 return setSignedRange(AddRec, ConservativeResult); 3640 3641 APInt Min = APIntOps::smin(StartRange.getSignedMin(), 3642 EndRange.getSignedMin()); 3643 APInt Max = APIntOps::smax(StartRange.getSignedMax(), 3644 EndRange.getSignedMax()); 3645 if (Min.isMinSignedValue() && Max.isMaxSignedValue()) 3646 return setSignedRange(AddRec, ConservativeResult); 3647 return setSignedRange(AddRec, 3648 ConservativeResult.intersectWith(ConstantRange(Min, Max+1))); 3649 } 3650 } 3651 3652 return setSignedRange(AddRec, ConservativeResult); 3653 } 3654 3655 if (const SCEVUnknown *U = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)) { 3656 // For a SCEVUnknown, ask ValueTracking. 3657 if (!U->getValue()->getType()->isIntegerTy() && !TD) 3658 return setSignedRange(U, ConservativeResult); 3659 unsigned NS = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getValue(), TD); 3660 if (NS <= 1) 3661 return setSignedRange(U, ConservativeResult); 3662 return setSignedRange(U, ConservativeResult.intersectWith( 3663 ConstantRange(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth).ashr(NS - 1), 3664 APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth).ashr(NS - 1)+1))); 3665 } 3666 3667 return setSignedRange(S, ConservativeResult); 3668 } 3669 3670 /// createSCEV - We know that there is no SCEV for the specified value. 3671 /// Analyze the expression. 3672 /// 3673 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createSCEV(Value *V) { 3674 if (!isSCEVable(V->getType())) 3675 return getUnknown(V); 3676 3677 unsigned Opcode = Instruction::UserOp1; 3678 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) { 3679 Opcode = I->getOpcode(); 3680 3681 // Don't attempt to analyze instructions in blocks that aren't 3682 // reachable. Such instructions don't matter, and they aren't required 3683 // to obey basic rules for definitions dominating uses which this 3684 // analysis depends on. 3685 if (!DT->isReachableFromEntry(I->getParent())) 3686 return getUnknown(V); 3687 } else if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(V)) 3688 Opcode = CE->getOpcode(); 3689 else if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V)) 3690 return getConstant(CI); 3691 else if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(V)) 3692 return getConstant(V->getType(), 0); 3693 else if (GlobalAlias *GA = dyn_cast<GlobalAlias>(V)) 3694 return GA->mayBeOverridden() ? getUnknown(V) : getSCEV(GA->getAliasee()); 3695 else 3696 return getUnknown(V); 3697 3698 Operator *U = cast<Operator>(V); 3699 switch (Opcode) { 3700 case Instruction::Add: { 3701 // The simple thing to do would be to just call getSCEV on both operands 3702 // and call getAddExpr with the result. However if we're looking at a 3703 // bunch of things all added together, this can be quite inefficient, 3704 // because it leads to N-1 getAddExpr calls for N ultimate operands. 3705 // Instead, gather up all the operands and make a single getAddExpr call. 3706 // LLVM IR canonical form means we need only traverse the left operands. 3707 // 3708 // Don't apply this instruction's NSW or NUW flags to the new 3709 // expression. The instruction may be guarded by control flow that the 3710 // no-wrap behavior depends on. Non-control-equivalent instructions can be 3711 // mapped to the same SCEV expression, and it would be incorrect to transfer 3712 // NSW/NUW semantics to those operations. 3713 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> AddOps; 3714 AddOps.push_back(getSCEV(U->getOperand(1))); 3715 for (Value *Op = U->getOperand(0); ; Op = U->getOperand(0)) { 3716 unsigned Opcode = Op->getValueID() - Value::InstructionVal; 3717 if (Opcode != Instruction::Add && Opcode != Instruction::Sub) 3718 break; 3719 U = cast<Operator>(Op); 3720 const SCEV *Op1 = getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)); 3721 if (Opcode == Instruction::Sub) 3722 AddOps.push_back(getNegativeSCEV(Op1)); 3723 else 3724 AddOps.push_back(Op1); 3725 } 3726 AddOps.push_back(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0))); 3727 return getAddExpr(AddOps); 3728 } 3729 case Instruction::Mul: { 3730 // Don't transfer NSW/NUW for the same reason as AddExpr. 3731 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps; 3732 MulOps.push_back(getSCEV(U->getOperand(1))); 3733 for (Value *Op = U->getOperand(0); 3734 Op->getValueID() == Instruction::Mul + Value::InstructionVal; 3735 Op = U->getOperand(0)) { 3736 U = cast<Operator>(Op); 3737 MulOps.push_back(getSCEV(U->getOperand(1))); 3738 } 3739 MulOps.push_back(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0))); 3740 return getMulExpr(MulOps); 3741 } 3742 case Instruction::UDiv: 3743 return getUDivExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), 3744 getSCEV(U->getOperand(1))); 3745 case Instruction::Sub: 3746 return getMinusSCEV(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), 3747 getSCEV(U->getOperand(1))); 3748 case Instruction::And: 3749 // For an expression like x&255 that merely masks off the high bits, 3750 // use zext(trunc(x)) as the SCEV expression. 3751 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1))) { 3752 if (CI->isNullValue()) 3753 return getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)); 3754 if (CI->isAllOnesValue()) 3755 return getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)); 3756 const APInt &A = CI->getValue(); 3757 3758 // Instcombine's ShrinkDemandedConstant may strip bits out of 3759 // constants, obscuring what would otherwise be a low-bits mask. 3760 // Use ComputeMaskedBits to compute what ShrinkDemandedConstant 3761 // knew about to reconstruct a low-bits mask value. 3762 unsigned LZ = A.countLeadingZeros(); 3763 unsigned TZ = A.countTrailingZeros(); 3764 unsigned BitWidth = A.getBitWidth(); 3765 APInt KnownZero(BitWidth, 0), KnownOne(BitWidth, 0); 3766 ComputeMaskedBits(U->getOperand(0), KnownZero, KnownOne, TD); 3767 3768 APInt EffectiveMask = 3769 APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - LZ - TZ).shl(TZ); 3770 if ((LZ != 0 || TZ != 0) && !((~A & ~KnownZero) & EffectiveMask)) { 3771 const SCEV *MulCount = getConstant( 3772 ConstantInt::get(getContext(), APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, TZ))); 3773 return getMulExpr( 3774 getZeroExtendExpr( 3775 getTruncateExpr( 3776 getUDivExactExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), MulCount), 3777 IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth - LZ - TZ)), 3778 U->getType()), 3779 MulCount); 3780 } 3781 } 3782 break; 3783 3784 case Instruction::Or: 3785 // If the RHS of the Or is a constant, we may have something like: 3786 // X*4+1 which got turned into X*4|1. Handle this as an Add so loop 3787 // optimizations will transparently handle this case. 3788 // 3789 // In order for this transformation to be safe, the LHS must be of the 3790 // form X*(2^n) and the Or constant must be less than 2^n. 3791 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1))) { 3792 const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)); 3793 const APInt &CIVal = CI->getValue(); 3794 if (GetMinTrailingZeros(LHS) >= 3795 (CIVal.getBitWidth() - CIVal.countLeadingZeros())) { 3796 // Build a plain add SCEV. 3797 const SCEV *S = getAddExpr(LHS, getSCEV(CI)); 3798 // If the LHS of the add was an addrec and it has no-wrap flags, 3799 // transfer the no-wrap flags, since an or won't introduce a wrap. 3800 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *NewAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) { 3801 const SCEVAddRecExpr *OldAR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS); 3802 const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(NewAR)->setNoWrapFlags( 3803 OldAR->getNoWrapFlags()); 3804 } 3805 return S; 3806 } 3807 } 3808 break; 3809 case Instruction::Xor: 3810 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1))) { 3811 // If the RHS of the xor is a signbit, then this is just an add. 3812 // Instcombine turns add of signbit into xor as a strength reduction step. 3813 if (CI->getValue().isSignBit()) 3814 return getAddExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), 3815 getSCEV(U->getOperand(1))); 3816 3817 // If the RHS of xor is -1, then this is a not operation. 3818 if (CI->isAllOnesValue()) 3819 return getNotSCEV(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0))); 3820 3821 // Model xor(and(x, C), C) as and(~x, C), if C is a low-bits mask. 3822 // This is a variant of the check for xor with -1, and it handles 3823 // the case where instcombine has trimmed non-demanded bits out 3824 // of an xor with -1. 3825 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(U->getOperand(0))) 3826 if (ConstantInt *LCI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->getOperand(1))) 3827 if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::And && 3828 LCI->getValue() == CI->getValue()) 3829 if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Z = 3830 dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)))) { 3831 Type *UTy = U->getType(); 3832 const SCEV *Z0 = Z->getOperand(); 3833 Type *Z0Ty = Z0->getType(); 3834 unsigned Z0TySize = getTypeSizeInBits(Z0Ty); 3835 3836 // If C is a low-bits mask, the zero extend is serving to 3837 // mask off the high bits. Complement the operand and 3838 // re-apply the zext. 3839 if (APIntOps::isMask(Z0TySize, CI->getValue())) 3840 return getZeroExtendExpr(getNotSCEV(Z0), UTy); 3841 3842 // If C is a single bit, it may be in the sign-bit position 3843 // before the zero-extend. In this case, represent the xor 3844 // using an add, which is equivalent, and re-apply the zext. 3845 APInt Trunc = CI->getValue().trunc(Z0TySize); 3846 if (Trunc.zext(getTypeSizeInBits(UTy)) == CI->getValue() && 3847 Trunc.isSignBit()) 3848 return getZeroExtendExpr(getAddExpr(Z0, getConstant(Trunc)), 3849 UTy); 3850 } 3851 } 3852 break; 3853 3854 case Instruction::Shl: 3855 // Turn shift left of a constant amount into a multiply. 3856 if (ConstantInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1))) { 3857 uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(U->getType())->getBitWidth(); 3858 3859 // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of 3860 // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the 3861 // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in 3862 // other parts of the compiler. 3863 if (SA->getValue().uge(BitWidth)) 3864 break; 3865 3866 Constant *X = ConstantInt::get(getContext(), 3867 APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, SA->getZExtValue())); 3868 return getMulExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), getSCEV(X)); 3869 } 3870 break; 3871 3872 case Instruction::LShr: 3873 // Turn logical shift right of a constant into a unsigned divide. 3874 if (ConstantInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1))) { 3875 uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(U->getType())->getBitWidth(); 3876 3877 // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of 3878 // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the 3879 // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in 3880 // other parts of the compiler. 3881 if (SA->getValue().uge(BitWidth)) 3882 break; 3883 3884 Constant *X = ConstantInt::get(getContext(), 3885 APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, SA->getZExtValue())); 3886 return getUDivExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), getSCEV(X)); 3887 } 3888 break; 3889 3890 case Instruction::AShr: 3891 // For a two-shift sext-inreg, use sext(trunc(x)) as the SCEV expression. 3892 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1))) 3893 if (Operator *L = dyn_cast<Operator>(U->getOperand(0))) 3894 if (L->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl && 3895 L->getOperand(1) == U->getOperand(1)) { 3896 uint64_t BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(U->getType()); 3897 3898 // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of 3899 // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the 3900 // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in 3901 // other parts of the compiler. 3902 if (CI->getValue().uge(BitWidth)) 3903 break; 3904 3905 uint64_t Amt = BitWidth - CI->getZExtValue(); 3906 if (Amt == BitWidth) 3907 return getSCEV(L->getOperand(0)); // shift by zero --> noop 3908 return 3909 getSignExtendExpr(getTruncateExpr(getSCEV(L->getOperand(0)), 3910 IntegerType::get(getContext(), 3911 Amt)), 3912 U->getType()); 3913 } 3914 break; 3915 3916 case Instruction::Trunc: 3917 return getTruncateExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), U->getType()); 3918 3919 case Instruction::ZExt: 3920 return getZeroExtendExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), U->getType()); 3921 3922 case Instruction::SExt: 3923 return getSignExtendExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), U->getType()); 3924 3925 case Instruction::BitCast: 3926 // BitCasts are no-op casts so we just eliminate the cast. 3927 if (isSCEVable(U->getType()) && isSCEVable(U->getOperand(0)->getType())) 3928 return getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)); 3929 break; 3930 3931 // It's tempting to handle inttoptr and ptrtoint as no-ops, however this can 3932 // lead to pointer expressions which cannot safely be expanded to GEPs, 3933 // because ScalarEvolution doesn't respect the GEP aliasing rules when 3934 // simplifying integer expressions. 3935 3936 case Instruction::GetElementPtr: 3937 return createNodeForGEP(cast<GEPOperator>(U)); 3938 3939 case Instruction::PHI: 3940 return createNodeForPHI(cast<PHINode>(U)); 3941 3942 case Instruction::Select: 3943 // This could be a smax or umax that was lowered earlier. 3944 // Try to recover it. 3945 if (ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(U->getOperand(0))) { 3946 Value *LHS = ICI->getOperand(0); 3947 Value *RHS = ICI->getOperand(1); 3948 switch (ICI->getPredicate()) { 3949 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: 3950 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: 3951 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 3952 // fall through 3953 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: 3954 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: 3955 // a >s b ? a+x : b+x -> smax(a, b)+x 3956 // a >s b ? b+x : a+x -> smin(a, b)+x 3957 if (LHS->getType() == U->getType()) { 3958 const SCEV *LS = getSCEV(LHS); 3959 const SCEV *RS = getSCEV(RHS); 3960 const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)); 3961 const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(2)); 3962 const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, LS); 3963 const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, RS); 3964 if (LDiff == RDiff) 3965 return getAddExpr(getSMaxExpr(LS, RS), LDiff); 3966 LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, RS); 3967 RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, LS); 3968 if (LDiff == RDiff) 3969 return getAddExpr(getSMinExpr(LS, RS), LDiff); 3970 } 3971 break; 3972 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: 3973 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: 3974 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 3975 // fall through 3976 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: 3977 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE: 3978 // a >u b ? a+x : b+x -> umax(a, b)+x 3979 // a >u b ? b+x : a+x -> umin(a, b)+x 3980 if (LHS->getType() == U->getType()) { 3981 const SCEV *LS = getSCEV(LHS); 3982 const SCEV *RS = getSCEV(RHS); 3983 const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)); 3984 const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(2)); 3985 const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, LS); 3986 const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, RS); 3987 if (LDiff == RDiff) 3988 return getAddExpr(getUMaxExpr(LS, RS), LDiff); 3989 LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, RS); 3990 RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, LS); 3991 if (LDiff == RDiff) 3992 return getAddExpr(getUMinExpr(LS, RS), LDiff); 3993 } 3994 break; 3995 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: 3996 // n != 0 ? n+x : 1+x -> umax(n, 1)+x 3997 if (LHS->getType() == U->getType() && 3998 isa<ConstantInt>(RHS) && 3999 cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)->isZero()) { 4000 const SCEV *One = getConstant(LHS->getType(), 1); 4001 const SCEV *LS = getSCEV(LHS); 4002 const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)); 4003 const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(2)); 4004 const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, LS); 4005 const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, One); 4006 if (LDiff == RDiff) 4007 return getAddExpr(getUMaxExpr(One, LS), LDiff); 4008 } 4009 break; 4010 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: 4011 // n == 0 ? 1+x : n+x -> umax(n, 1)+x 4012 if (LHS->getType() == U->getType() && 4013 isa<ConstantInt>(RHS) && 4014 cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)->isZero()) { 4015 const SCEV *One = getConstant(LHS->getType(), 1); 4016 const SCEV *LS = getSCEV(LHS); 4017 const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)); 4018 const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(2)); 4019 const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, One); 4020 const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, LS); 4021 if (LDiff == RDiff) 4022 return getAddExpr(getUMaxExpr(One, LS), LDiff); 4023 } 4024 break; 4025 default: 4026 break; 4027 } 4028 } 4029 4030 default: // We cannot analyze this expression. 4031 break; 4032 } 4033 4034 return getUnknown(V); 4035 } 4036 4037 4038 4039 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4040 // Iteration Count Computation Code 4041 // 4042 4043 /// getSmallConstantTripCount - Returns the maximum trip count of this loop as a 4044 /// normal unsigned value. Returns 0 if the trip count is unknown or not 4045 /// constant. Will also return 0 if the maximum trip count is very large (>= 4046 /// 2^32). 4047 /// 4048 /// This "trip count" assumes that control exits via ExitingBlock. More 4049 /// precisely, it is the number of times that control may reach ExitingBlock 4050 /// before taking the branch. For loops with multiple exits, it may not be the 4051 /// number times that the loop header executes because the loop may exit 4052 /// prematurely via another branch. 4053 /// 4054 /// FIXME: We conservatively call getBackedgeTakenCount(L) instead of 4055 /// getExitCount(L, ExitingBlock) to compute a safe trip count considering all 4056 /// loop exits. getExitCount() may return an exact count for this branch 4057 /// assuming no-signed-wrap. The number of well-defined iterations may actually 4058 /// be higher than this trip count if this exit test is skipped and the loop 4059 /// exits via a different branch. Ideally, getExitCount() would know whether it 4060 /// depends on a NSW assumption, and we would only fall back to a conservative 4061 /// trip count in that case. 4062 unsigned ScalarEvolution:: 4063 getSmallConstantTripCount(Loop *L, BasicBlock * /*ExitingBlock*/) { 4064 const SCEVConstant *ExitCount = 4065 dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(getBackedgeTakenCount(L)); 4066 if (!ExitCount) 4067 return 0; 4068 4069 ConstantInt *ExitConst = ExitCount->getValue(); 4070 4071 // Guard against huge trip counts. 4072 if (ExitConst->getValue().getActiveBits() > 32) 4073 return 0; 4074 4075 // In case of integer overflow, this returns 0, which is correct. 4076 return ((unsigned)ExitConst->getZExtValue()) + 1; 4077 } 4078 4079 /// getSmallConstantTripMultiple - Returns the largest constant divisor of the 4080 /// trip count of this loop as a normal unsigned value, if possible. This 4081 /// means that the actual trip count is always a multiple of the returned 4082 /// value (don't forget the trip count could very well be zero as well!). 4083 /// 4084 /// Returns 1 if the trip count is unknown or not guaranteed to be the 4085 /// multiple of a constant (which is also the case if the trip count is simply 4086 /// constant, use getSmallConstantTripCount for that case), Will also return 1 4087 /// if the trip count is very large (>= 2^32). 4088 /// 4089 /// As explained in the comments for getSmallConstantTripCount, this assumes 4090 /// that control exits the loop via ExitingBlock. 4091 unsigned ScalarEvolution:: 4092 getSmallConstantTripMultiple(Loop *L, BasicBlock * /*ExitingBlock*/) { 4093 const SCEV *ExitCount = getBackedgeTakenCount(L); 4094 if (ExitCount == getCouldNotCompute()) 4095 return 1; 4096 4097 // Get the trip count from the BE count by adding 1. 4098 const SCEV *TCMul = getAddExpr(ExitCount, 4099 getConstant(ExitCount->getType(), 1)); 4100 // FIXME: SCEV distributes multiplication as V1*C1 + V2*C1. We could attempt 4101 // to factor simple cases. 4102 if (const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(TCMul)) 4103 TCMul = Mul->getOperand(0); 4104 4105 const SCEVConstant *MulC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(TCMul); 4106 if (!MulC) 4107 return 1; 4108 4109 ConstantInt *Result = MulC->getValue(); 4110 4111 // Guard against huge trip counts (this requires checking 4112 // for zero to handle the case where the trip count == -1 and the 4113 // addition wraps). 4114 if (!Result || Result->getValue().getActiveBits() > 32 || 4115 Result->getValue().getActiveBits() == 0) 4116 return 1; 4117 4118 return (unsigned)Result->getZExtValue(); 4119 } 4120 4121 // getExitCount - Get the expression for the number of loop iterations for which 4122 // this loop is guaranteed not to exit via ExitingBlock. Otherwise return 4123 // SCEVCouldNotCompute. 4124 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getExitCount(Loop *L, BasicBlock *ExitingBlock) { 4125 return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getExact(ExitingBlock, this); 4126 } 4127 4128 /// getBackedgeTakenCount - If the specified loop has a predictable 4129 /// backedge-taken count, return it, otherwise return a SCEVCouldNotCompute 4130 /// object. The backedge-taken count is the number of times the loop header 4131 /// will be branched to from within the loop. This is one less than the 4132 /// trip count of the loop, since it doesn't count the first iteration, 4133 /// when the header is branched to from outside the loop. 4134 /// 4135 /// Note that it is not valid to call this method on a loop without a 4136 /// loop-invariant backedge-taken count (see 4137 /// hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount). 4138 /// 4139 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) { 4140 return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getExact(this); 4141 } 4142 4143 /// getMaxBackedgeTakenCount - Similar to getBackedgeTakenCount, except 4144 /// return the least SCEV value that is known never to be less than the 4145 /// actual backedge taken count. 4146 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) { 4147 return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getMax(this); 4148 } 4149 4150 /// PushLoopPHIs - Push PHI nodes in the header of the given loop 4151 /// onto the given Worklist. 4152 static void 4153 PushLoopPHIs(const Loop *L, SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Worklist) { 4154 BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader(); 4155 4156 // Push all Loop-header PHIs onto the Worklist stack. 4157 for (BasicBlock::iterator I = Header->begin(); 4158 PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I); ++I) 4159 Worklist.push_back(PN); 4160 } 4161 4162 const ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo & 4163 ScalarEvolution::getBackedgeTakenInfo(const Loop *L) { 4164 // Initially insert an invalid entry for this loop. If the insertion 4165 // succeeds, proceed to actually compute a backedge-taken count and 4166 // update the value. The temporary CouldNotCompute value tells SCEV 4167 // code elsewhere that it shouldn't attempt to request a new 4168 // backedge-taken count, which could result in infinite recursion. 4169 std::pair<DenseMap<const Loop *, BackedgeTakenInfo>::iterator, bool> Pair = 4170 BackedgeTakenCounts.insert(std::make_pair(L, BackedgeTakenInfo())); 4171 if (!Pair.second) 4172 return Pair.first->second; 4173 4174 // ComputeBackedgeTakenCount may allocate memory for its result. Inserting it 4175 // into the BackedgeTakenCounts map transfers ownership. Otherwise, the result 4176 // must be cleared in this scope. 4177 BackedgeTakenInfo Result = ComputeBackedgeTakenCount(L); 4178 4179 if (Result.getExact(this) != getCouldNotCompute()) { 4180 assert(isLoopInvariant(Result.getExact(this), L) && 4181 isLoopInvariant(Result.getMax(this), L) && 4182 "Computed backedge-taken count isn't loop invariant for loop!"); 4183 ++NumTripCountsComputed; 4184 } 4185 else if (Result.getMax(this) == getCouldNotCompute() && 4186 isa<PHINode>(L->getHeader()->begin())) { 4187 // Only count loops that have phi nodes as not being computable. 4188 ++NumTripCountsNotComputed; 4189 } 4190 4191 // Now that we know more about the trip count for this loop, forget any 4192 // existing SCEV values for PHI nodes in this loop since they are only 4193 // conservative estimates made without the benefit of trip count 4194 // information. This is similar to the code in forgetLoop, except that 4195 // it handles SCEVUnknown PHI nodes specially. 4196 if (Result.hasAnyInfo()) { 4197 SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist; 4198 PushLoopPHIs(L, Worklist); 4199 4200 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited; 4201 while (!Worklist.empty()) { 4202 Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val(); 4203 if (!Visited.insert(I)) continue; 4204 4205 ValueExprMapType::iterator It = 4206 ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I)); 4207 if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) { 4208 const SCEV *Old = It->second; 4209 4210 // SCEVUnknown for a PHI either means that it has an unrecognized 4211 // structure, or it's a PHI that's in the progress of being computed 4212 // by createNodeForPHI. In the former case, additional loop trip 4213 // count information isn't going to change anything. In the later 4214 // case, createNodeForPHI will perform the necessary updates on its 4215 // own when it gets to that point. 4216 if (!isa<PHINode>(I) || !isa<SCEVUnknown>(Old)) { 4217 forgetMemoizedResults(Old); 4218 ValueExprMap.erase(It); 4219 } 4220 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) 4221 ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN); 4222 } 4223 4224 PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist); 4225 } 4226 } 4227 4228 // Re-lookup the insert position, since the call to 4229 // ComputeBackedgeTakenCount above could result in a 4230 // recusive call to getBackedgeTakenInfo (on a different 4231 // loop), which would invalidate the iterator computed 4232 // earlier. 4233 return BackedgeTakenCounts.find(L)->second = Result; 4234 } 4235 4236 /// forgetLoop - This method should be called by the client when it has 4237 /// changed a loop in a way that may effect ScalarEvolution's ability to 4238 /// compute a trip count, or if the loop is deleted. 4239 void ScalarEvolution::forgetLoop(const Loop *L) { 4240 // Drop any stored trip count value. 4241 DenseMap<const Loop*, BackedgeTakenInfo>::iterator BTCPos = 4242 BackedgeTakenCounts.find(L); 4243 if (BTCPos != BackedgeTakenCounts.end()) { 4244 BTCPos->second.clear(); 4245 BackedgeTakenCounts.erase(BTCPos); 4246 } 4247 4248 // Drop information about expressions based on loop-header PHIs. 4249 SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist; 4250 PushLoopPHIs(L, Worklist); 4251 4252 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited; 4253 while (!Worklist.empty()) { 4254 Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val(); 4255 if (!Visited.insert(I)) continue; 4256 4257 ValueExprMapType::iterator It = 4258 ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I)); 4259 if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) { 4260 forgetMemoizedResults(It->second); 4261 ValueExprMap.erase(It); 4262 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) 4263 ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN); 4264 } 4265 4266 PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist); 4267 } 4268 4269 // Forget all contained loops too, to avoid dangling entries in the 4270 // ValuesAtScopes map. 4271 for (Loop::iterator I = L->begin(), E = L->end(); I != E; ++I) 4272 forgetLoop(*I); 4273 } 4274 4275 /// forgetValue - This method should be called by the client when it has 4276 /// changed a value in a way that may effect its value, or which may 4277 /// disconnect it from a def-use chain linking it to a loop. 4278 void ScalarEvolution::forgetValue(Value *V) { 4279 Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V); 4280 if (!I) return; 4281 4282 // Drop information about expressions based on loop-header PHIs. 4283 SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist; 4284 Worklist.push_back(I); 4285 4286 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited; 4287 while (!Worklist.empty()) { 4288 I = Worklist.pop_back_val(); 4289 if (!Visited.insert(I)) continue; 4290 4291 ValueExprMapType::iterator It = 4292 ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I)); 4293 if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) { 4294 forgetMemoizedResults(It->second); 4295 ValueExprMap.erase(It); 4296 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) 4297 ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN); 4298 } 4299 4300 PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist); 4301 } 4302 } 4303 4304 /// getExact - Get the exact loop backedge taken count considering all loop 4305 /// exits. A computable result can only be return for loops with a single exit. 4306 /// Returning the minimum taken count among all exits is incorrect because one 4307 /// of the loop's exit limit's may have been skipped. HowFarToZero assumes that 4308 /// the limit of each loop test is never skipped. This is a valid assumption as 4309 /// long as the loop exits via that test. For precise results, it is the 4310 /// caller's responsibility to specify the relevant loop exit using 4311 /// getExact(ExitingBlock, SE). 4312 const SCEV * 4313 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getExact(ScalarEvolution *SE) const { 4314 // If any exits were not computable, the loop is not computable. 4315 if (!ExitNotTaken.isCompleteList()) return SE->getCouldNotCompute(); 4316 4317 // We need exactly one computable exit. 4318 if (!ExitNotTaken.ExitingBlock) return SE->getCouldNotCompute(); 4319 assert(ExitNotTaken.ExactNotTaken && "uninitialized not-taken info"); 4320 4321 const SCEV *BECount = 0; 4322 for (const ExitNotTakenInfo *ENT = &ExitNotTaken; 4323 ENT != 0; ENT = ENT->getNextExit()) { 4324 4325 assert(ENT->ExactNotTaken != SE->getCouldNotCompute() && "bad exit SCEV"); 4326 4327 if (!BECount) 4328 BECount = ENT->ExactNotTaken; 4329 else if (BECount != ENT->ExactNotTaken) 4330 return SE->getCouldNotCompute(); 4331 } 4332 assert(BECount && "Invalid not taken count for loop exit"); 4333 return BECount; 4334 } 4335 4336 /// getExact - Get the exact not taken count for this loop exit. 4337 const SCEV * 4338 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getExact(BasicBlock *ExitingBlock, 4339 ScalarEvolution *SE) const { 4340 for (const ExitNotTakenInfo *ENT = &ExitNotTaken; 4341 ENT != 0; ENT = ENT->getNextExit()) { 4342 4343 if (ENT->ExitingBlock == ExitingBlock) 4344 return ENT->ExactNotTaken; 4345 } 4346 return SE->getCouldNotCompute(); 4347 } 4348 4349 /// getMax - Get the max backedge taken count for the loop. 4350 const SCEV * 4351 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getMax(ScalarEvolution *SE) const { 4352 return Max ? Max : SE->getCouldNotCompute(); 4353 } 4354 4355 bool ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::hasOperand(const SCEV *S, 4356 ScalarEvolution *SE) const { 4357 if (Max && Max != SE->getCouldNotCompute() && SE->hasOperand(Max, S)) 4358 return true; 4359 4360 if (!ExitNotTaken.ExitingBlock) 4361 return false; 4362 4363 for (const ExitNotTakenInfo *ENT = &ExitNotTaken; 4364 ENT != 0; ENT = ENT->getNextExit()) { 4365 4366 if (ENT->ExactNotTaken != SE->getCouldNotCompute() 4367 && SE->hasOperand(ENT->ExactNotTaken, S)) { 4368 return true; 4369 } 4370 } 4371 return false; 4372 } 4373 4374 /// Allocate memory for BackedgeTakenInfo and copy the not-taken count of each 4375 /// computable exit into a persistent ExitNotTakenInfo array. 4376 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::BackedgeTakenInfo( 4377 SmallVectorImpl< std::pair<BasicBlock *, const SCEV *> > &ExitCounts, 4378 bool Complete, const SCEV *MaxCount) : Max(MaxCount) { 4379 4380 if (!Complete) 4381 ExitNotTaken.setIncomplete(); 4382 4383 unsigned NumExits = ExitCounts.size(); 4384 if (NumExits == 0) return; 4385 4386 ExitNotTaken.ExitingBlock = ExitCounts[0].first; 4387 ExitNotTaken.ExactNotTaken = ExitCounts[0].second; 4388 if (NumExits == 1) return; 4389 4390 // Handle the rare case of multiple computable exits. 4391 ExitNotTakenInfo *ENT = new ExitNotTakenInfo[NumExits-1]; 4392 4393 ExitNotTakenInfo *PrevENT = &ExitNotTaken; 4394 for (unsigned i = 1; i < NumExits; ++i, PrevENT = ENT, ++ENT) { 4395 PrevENT->setNextExit(ENT); 4396 ENT->ExitingBlock = ExitCounts[i].first; 4397 ENT->ExactNotTaken = ExitCounts[i].second; 4398 } 4399 } 4400 4401 /// clear - Invalidate this result and free the ExitNotTakenInfo array. 4402 void ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::clear() { 4403 ExitNotTaken.ExitingBlock = 0; 4404 ExitNotTaken.ExactNotTaken = 0; 4405 delete[] ExitNotTaken.getNextExit(); 4406 } 4407 4408 /// ComputeBackedgeTakenCount - Compute the number of times the backedge 4409 /// of the specified loop will execute. 4410 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo 4411 ScalarEvolution::ComputeBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) { 4412 SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 8> ExitingBlocks; 4413 L->getExitingBlocks(ExitingBlocks); 4414 4415 // Examine all exits and pick the most conservative values. 4416 const SCEV *MaxBECount = getCouldNotCompute(); 4417 bool CouldComputeBECount = true; 4418 BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch(); // may be NULL. 4419 const SCEV *LatchMaxCount = 0; 4420 SmallVector<std::pair<BasicBlock *, const SCEV *>, 4> ExitCounts; 4421 for (unsigned i = 0, e = ExitingBlocks.size(); i != e; ++i) { 4422 ExitLimit EL = ComputeExitLimit(L, ExitingBlocks[i]); 4423 if (EL.Exact == getCouldNotCompute()) 4424 // We couldn't compute an exact value for this exit, so 4425 // we won't be able to compute an exact value for the loop. 4426 CouldComputeBECount = false; 4427 else 4428 ExitCounts.push_back(std::make_pair(ExitingBlocks[i], EL.Exact)); 4429 4430 if (MaxBECount == getCouldNotCompute()) 4431 MaxBECount = EL.Max; 4432 else if (EL.Max != getCouldNotCompute()) { 4433 // We cannot take the "min" MaxBECount, because non-unit stride loops may 4434 // skip some loop tests. Taking the max over the exits is sufficiently 4435 // conservative. TODO: We could do better taking into consideration 4436 // non-latch exits that dominate the latch. 4437 if (EL.MustExit && ExitingBlocks[i] == Latch) 4438 LatchMaxCount = EL.Max; 4439 else 4440 MaxBECount = getUMaxFromMismatchedTypes(MaxBECount, EL.Max); 4441 } 4442 } 4443 // Be more precise in the easy case of a loop latch that must exit. 4444 if (LatchMaxCount) { 4445 MaxBECount = getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(MaxBECount, LatchMaxCount); 4446 } 4447 return BackedgeTakenInfo(ExitCounts, CouldComputeBECount, MaxBECount); 4448 } 4449 4450 /// ComputeExitLimit - Compute the number of times the backedge of the specified 4451 /// loop will execute if it exits via the specified block. 4452 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit 4453 ScalarEvolution::ComputeExitLimit(const Loop *L, BasicBlock *ExitingBlock) { 4454 4455 // Okay, we've chosen an exiting block. See what condition causes us to 4456 // exit at this block. 4457 // 4458 // FIXME: we should be able to handle switch instructions (with a single exit) 4459 BranchInst *ExitBr = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(ExitingBlock->getTerminator()); 4460 if (ExitBr == 0) return getCouldNotCompute(); 4461 assert(ExitBr->isConditional() && "If unconditional, it can't be in loop!"); 4462 4463 // At this point, we know we have a conditional branch that determines whether 4464 // the loop is exited. However, we don't know if the branch is executed each 4465 // time through the loop. If not, then the execution count of the branch will 4466 // not be equal to the trip count of the loop. 4467 // 4468 // Currently we check for this by checking to see if the Exit branch goes to 4469 // the loop header. If so, we know it will always execute the same number of 4470 // times as the loop. We also handle the case where the exit block *is* the 4471 // loop header. This is common for un-rotated loops. 4472 // 4473 // If both of those tests fail, walk up the unique predecessor chain to the 4474 // header, stopping if there is an edge that doesn't exit the loop. If the 4475 // header is reached, the execution count of the branch will be equal to the 4476 // trip count of the loop. 4477 // 4478 // More extensive analysis could be done to handle more cases here. 4479 // 4480 if (ExitBr->getSuccessor(0) != L->getHeader() && 4481 ExitBr->getSuccessor(1) != L->getHeader() && 4482 ExitBr->getParent() != L->getHeader()) { 4483 // The simple checks failed, try climbing the unique predecessor chain 4484 // up to the header. 4485 bool Ok = false; 4486 for (BasicBlock *BB = ExitBr->getParent(); BB; ) { 4487 BasicBlock *Pred = BB->getUniquePredecessor(); 4488 if (!Pred) 4489 return getCouldNotCompute(); 4490 TerminatorInst *PredTerm = Pred->getTerminator(); 4491 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PredTerm->getNumSuccessors(); i != e; ++i) { 4492 BasicBlock *PredSucc = PredTerm->getSuccessor(i); 4493 if (PredSucc == BB) 4494 continue; 4495 // If the predecessor has a successor that isn't BB and isn't 4496 // outside the loop, assume the worst. 4497 if (L->contains(PredSucc)) 4498 return getCouldNotCompute(); 4499 } 4500 if (Pred == L->getHeader()) { 4501 Ok = true; 4502 break; 4503 } 4504 BB = Pred; 4505 } 4506 if (!Ok) 4507 return getCouldNotCompute(); 4508 } 4509 4510 // Proceed to the next level to examine the exit condition expression. 4511 return ComputeExitLimitFromCond(L, ExitBr->getCondition(), 4512 ExitBr->getSuccessor(0), 4513 ExitBr->getSuccessor(1), 4514 /*IsSubExpr=*/false); 4515 } 4516 4517 /// ComputeExitLimitFromCond - Compute the number of times the 4518 /// backedge of the specified loop will execute if its exit condition 4519 /// were a conditional branch of ExitCond, TBB, and FBB. 4520 /// 4521 /// @param IsSubExpr is true if ExitCond does not directly control the exit 4522 /// branch. In this case, we cannot assume that the loop only exits when the 4523 /// condition is true and cannot infer that failing to meet the condition prior 4524 /// to integer wraparound results in undefined behavior. 4525 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit 4526 ScalarEvolution::ComputeExitLimitFromCond(const Loop *L, 4527 Value *ExitCond, 4528 BasicBlock *TBB, 4529 BasicBlock *FBB, 4530 bool IsSubExpr) { 4531 // Check if the controlling expression for this loop is an And or Or. 4532 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(ExitCond)) { 4533 if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) { 4534 // Recurse on the operands of the and. 4535 bool EitherMayExit = L->contains(TBB); 4536 ExitLimit EL0 = ComputeExitLimitFromCond(L, BO->getOperand(0), TBB, FBB, 4537 IsSubExpr || EitherMayExit); 4538 ExitLimit EL1 = ComputeExitLimitFromCond(L, BO->getOperand(1), TBB, FBB, 4539 IsSubExpr || EitherMayExit); 4540 const SCEV *BECount = getCouldNotCompute(); 4541 const SCEV *MaxBECount = getCouldNotCompute(); 4542 bool MustExit = false; 4543 if (EitherMayExit) { 4544 // Both conditions must be true for the loop to continue executing. 4545 // Choose the less conservative count. 4546 if (EL0.Exact == getCouldNotCompute() || 4547 EL1.Exact == getCouldNotCompute()) 4548 BECount = getCouldNotCompute(); 4549 else 4550 BECount = getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.Exact, EL1.Exact); 4551 if (EL0.Max == getCouldNotCompute()) 4552 MaxBECount = EL1.Max; 4553 else if (EL1.Max == getCouldNotCompute()) 4554 MaxBECount = EL0.Max; 4555 else 4556 MaxBECount = getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.Max, EL1.Max); 4557 MustExit = EL0.MustExit || EL1.MustExit; 4558 } else { 4559 // Both conditions must be true at the same time for the loop to exit. 4560 // For now, be conservative. 4561 assert(L->contains(FBB) && "Loop block has no successor in loop!"); 4562 if (EL0.Max == EL1.Max) 4563 MaxBECount = EL0.Max; 4564 if (EL0.Exact == EL1.Exact) 4565 BECount = EL0.Exact; 4566 MustExit = EL0.MustExit && EL1.MustExit; 4567 } 4568 4569 return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount, MustExit); 4570 } 4571 if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) { 4572 // Recurse on the operands of the or. 4573 bool EitherMayExit = L->contains(FBB); 4574 ExitLimit EL0 = ComputeExitLimitFromCond(L, BO->getOperand(0), TBB, FBB, 4575 IsSubExpr || EitherMayExit); 4576 ExitLimit EL1 = ComputeExitLimitFromCond(L, BO->getOperand(1), TBB, FBB, 4577 IsSubExpr || EitherMayExit); 4578 const SCEV *BECount = getCouldNotCompute(); 4579 const SCEV *MaxBECount = getCouldNotCompute(); 4580 bool MustExit = false; 4581 if (EitherMayExit) { 4582 // Both conditions must be false for the loop to continue executing. 4583 // Choose the less conservative count. 4584 if (EL0.Exact == getCouldNotCompute() || 4585 EL1.Exact == getCouldNotCompute()) 4586 BECount = getCouldNotCompute(); 4587 else 4588 BECount = getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.Exact, EL1.Exact); 4589 if (EL0.Max == getCouldNotCompute()) 4590 MaxBECount = EL1.Max; 4591 else if (EL1.Max == getCouldNotCompute()) 4592 MaxBECount = EL0.Max; 4593 else 4594 MaxBECount = getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.Max, EL1.Max); 4595 MustExit = EL0.MustExit || EL1.MustExit; 4596 } else { 4597 // Both conditions must be false at the same time for the loop to exit. 4598 // For now, be conservative. 4599 assert(L->contains(TBB) && "Loop block has no successor in loop!"); 4600 if (EL0.Max == EL1.Max) 4601 MaxBECount = EL0.Max; 4602 if (EL0.Exact == EL1.Exact) 4603 BECount = EL0.Exact; 4604 MustExit = EL0.MustExit && EL1.MustExit; 4605 } 4606 4607 return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount, MustExit); 4608 } 4609 } 4610 4611 // With an icmp, it may be feasible to compute an exact backedge-taken count. 4612 // Proceed to the next level to examine the icmp. 4613 if (ICmpInst *ExitCondICmp = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(ExitCond)) 4614 return ComputeExitLimitFromICmp(L, ExitCondICmp, TBB, FBB, IsSubExpr); 4615 4616 // Check for a constant condition. These are normally stripped out by 4617 // SimplifyCFG, but ScalarEvolution may be used by a pass which wishes to 4618 // preserve the CFG and is temporarily leaving constant conditions 4619 // in place. 4620 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ExitCond)) { 4621 if (L->contains(FBB) == !CI->getZExtValue()) 4622 // The backedge is always taken. 4623 return getCouldNotCompute(); 4624 else 4625 // The backedge is never taken. 4626 return getConstant(CI->getType(), 0); 4627 } 4628 4629 // If it's not an integer or pointer comparison then compute it the hard way. 4630 return ComputeExitCountExhaustively(L, ExitCond, !L->contains(TBB)); 4631 } 4632 4633 /// ComputeExitLimitFromICmp - Compute the number of times the 4634 /// backedge of the specified loop will execute if its exit condition 4635 /// were a conditional branch of the ICmpInst ExitCond, TBB, and FBB. 4636 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit 4637 ScalarEvolution::ComputeExitLimitFromICmp(const Loop *L, 4638 ICmpInst *ExitCond, 4639 BasicBlock *TBB, 4640 BasicBlock *FBB, 4641 bool IsSubExpr) { 4642 4643 // If the condition was exit on true, convert the condition to exit on false 4644 ICmpInst::Predicate Cond; 4645 if (!L->contains(FBB)) 4646 Cond = ExitCond->getPredicate(); 4647 else 4648 Cond = ExitCond->getInversePredicate(); 4649 4650 // Handle common loops like: for (X = "string"; *X; ++X) 4651 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(ExitCond->getOperand(0))) 4652 if (Constant *RHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(ExitCond->getOperand(1))) { 4653 ExitLimit ItCnt = 4654 ComputeLoadConstantCompareExitLimit(LI, RHS, L, Cond); 4655 if (ItCnt.hasAnyInfo()) 4656 return ItCnt; 4657 } 4658 4659 const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(ExitCond->getOperand(0)); 4660 const SCEV *RHS = getSCEV(ExitCond->getOperand(1)); 4661 4662 // Try to evaluate any dependencies out of the loop. 4663 LHS = getSCEVAtScope(LHS, L); 4664 RHS = getSCEVAtScope(RHS, L); 4665 4666 // At this point, we would like to compute how many iterations of the 4667 // loop the predicate will return true for these inputs. 4668 if (isLoopInvariant(LHS, L) && !isLoopInvariant(RHS, L)) { 4669 // If there is a loop-invariant, force it into the RHS. 4670 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 4671 Cond = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Cond); 4672 } 4673 4674 // Simplify the operands before analyzing them. 4675 (void)SimplifyICmpOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS); 4676 4677 // If we have a comparison of a chrec against a constant, try to use value 4678 // ranges to answer this query. 4679 if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) 4680 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS)) 4681 if (AddRec->getLoop() == L) { 4682 // Form the constant range. 4683 ConstantRange CompRange( 4684 ICmpInst::makeConstantRange(Cond, RHSC->getValue()->getValue())); 4685 4686 const SCEV *Ret = AddRec->getNumIterationsInRange(CompRange, *this); 4687 if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(Ret)) return Ret; 4688 } 4689 4690 switch (Cond) { 4691 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: { // while (X != Y) 4692 // Convert to: while (X-Y != 0) 4693 ExitLimit EL = HowFarToZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS), L, IsSubExpr); 4694 if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL; 4695 break; 4696 } 4697 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: { // while (X == Y) 4698 // Convert to: while (X-Y == 0) 4699 ExitLimit EL = HowFarToNonZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS), L); 4700 if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL; 4701 break; 4702 } 4703 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: 4704 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: { // while (X < Y) 4705 bool IsSigned = Cond == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT; 4706 ExitLimit EL = HowManyLessThans(LHS, RHS, L, IsSigned, IsSubExpr); 4707 if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL; 4708 break; 4709 } 4710 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: 4711 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: { // while (X > Y) 4712 bool IsSigned = Cond == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT; 4713 ExitLimit EL = HowManyGreaterThans(LHS, RHS, L, IsSigned, IsSubExpr); 4714 if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL; 4715 break; 4716 } 4717 default: 4718 #if 0 4719 dbgs() << "ComputeBackedgeTakenCount "; 4720 if (ExitCond->getOperand(0)->getType()->isUnsigned()) 4721 dbgs() << "[unsigned] "; 4722 dbgs() << *LHS << " " 4723 << Instruction::getOpcodeName(Instruction::ICmp) 4724 << " " << *RHS << "\n"; 4725 #endif 4726 break; 4727 } 4728 return ComputeExitCountExhaustively(L, ExitCond, !L->contains(TBB)); 4729 } 4730 4731 static ConstantInt * 4732 EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec, ConstantInt *C, 4733 ScalarEvolution &SE) { 4734 const SCEV *InVal = SE.getConstant(C); 4735 const SCEV *Val = AddRec->evaluateAtIteration(InVal, SE); 4736 assert(isa<SCEVConstant>(Val) && 4737 "Evaluation of SCEV at constant didn't fold correctly?"); 4738 return cast<SCEVConstant>(Val)->getValue(); 4739 } 4740 4741 /// ComputeLoadConstantCompareExitLimit - Given an exit condition of 4742 /// 'icmp op load X, cst', try to see if we can compute the backedge 4743 /// execution count. 4744 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit 4745 ScalarEvolution::ComputeLoadConstantCompareExitLimit( 4746 LoadInst *LI, 4747 Constant *RHS, 4748 const Loop *L, 4749 ICmpInst::Predicate predicate) { 4750 4751 if (LI->isVolatile()) return getCouldNotCompute(); 4752 4753 // Check to see if the loaded pointer is a getelementptr of a global. 4754 // TODO: Use SCEV instead of manually grubbing with GEPs. 4755 GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(LI->getOperand(0)); 4756 if (!GEP) return getCouldNotCompute(); 4757 4758 // Make sure that it is really a constant global we are gepping, with an 4759 // initializer, and make sure the first IDX is really 0. 4760 GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(GEP->getOperand(0)); 4761 if (!GV || !GV->isConstant() || !GV->hasDefinitiveInitializer() || 4762 GEP->getNumOperands() < 3 || !isa<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(1)) || 4763 !cast<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(1))->isNullValue()) 4764 return getCouldNotCompute(); 4765 4766 // Okay, we allow one non-constant index into the GEP instruction. 4767 Value *VarIdx = 0; 4768 std::vector<Constant*> Indexes; 4769 unsigned VarIdxNum = 0; 4770 for (unsigned i = 2, e = GEP->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 4771 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(i))) { 4772 Indexes.push_back(CI); 4773 } else if (!isa<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(i))) { 4774 if (VarIdx) return getCouldNotCompute(); // Multiple non-constant idx's. 4775 VarIdx = GEP->getOperand(i); 4776 VarIdxNum = i-2; 4777 Indexes.push_back(0); 4778 } 4779 4780 // Loop-invariant loads may be a byproduct of loop optimization. Skip them. 4781 if (!VarIdx) 4782 return getCouldNotCompute(); 4783 4784 // Okay, we know we have a (load (gep GV, 0, X)) comparison with a constant. 4785 // Check to see if X is a loop variant variable value now. 4786 const SCEV *Idx = getSCEV(VarIdx); 4787 Idx = getSCEVAtScope(Idx, L); 4788 4789 // We can only recognize very limited forms of loop index expressions, in 4790 // particular, only affine AddRec's like {C1,+,C2}. 4791 const SCEVAddRecExpr *IdxExpr = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Idx); 4792 if (!IdxExpr || !IdxExpr->isAffine() || isLoopInvariant(IdxExpr, L) || 4793 !isa<SCEVConstant>(IdxExpr->getOperand(0)) || 4794 !isa<SCEVConstant>(IdxExpr->getOperand(1))) 4795 return getCouldNotCompute(); 4796 4797 unsigned MaxSteps = MaxBruteForceIterations; 4798 for (unsigned IterationNum = 0; IterationNum != MaxSteps; ++IterationNum) { 4799 ConstantInt *ItCst = ConstantInt::get( 4800 cast<IntegerType>(IdxExpr->getType()), IterationNum); 4801 ConstantInt *Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(IdxExpr, ItCst, *this); 4802 4803 // Form the GEP offset. 4804 Indexes[VarIdxNum] = Val; 4805 4806 Constant *Result = ConstantFoldLoadThroughGEPIndices(GV->getInitializer(), 4807 Indexes); 4808 if (Result == 0) break; // Cannot compute! 4809 4810 // Evaluate the condition for this iteration. 4811 Result = ConstantExpr::getICmp(predicate, Result, RHS); 4812 if (!isa<ConstantInt>(Result)) break; // Couldn't decide for sure 4813 if (cast<ConstantInt>(Result)->getValue().isMinValue()) { 4814 #if 0 4815 dbgs() << "\n***\n*** Computed loop count " << *ItCst 4816 << "\n*** From global " << *GV << "*** BB: " << *L->getHeader() 4817 << "***\n"; 4818 #endif 4819 ++NumArrayLenItCounts; 4820 return getConstant(ItCst); // Found terminating iteration! 4821 } 4822 } 4823 return getCouldNotCompute(); 4824 } 4825 4826 4827 /// CanConstantFold - Return true if we can constant fold an instruction of the 4828 /// specified type, assuming that all operands were constants. 4829 static bool CanConstantFold(const Instruction *I) { 4830 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(I) || isa<CmpInst>(I) || 4831 isa<SelectInst>(I) || isa<CastInst>(I) || isa<GetElementPtrInst>(I) || 4832 isa<LoadInst>(I)) 4833 return true; 4834 4835 if (const CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(I)) 4836 if (const Function *F = CI->getCalledFunction()) 4837 return canConstantFoldCallTo(F); 4838 return false; 4839 } 4840 4841 /// Determine whether this instruction can constant evolve within this loop 4842 /// assuming its operands can all constant evolve. 4843 static bool canConstantEvolve(Instruction *I, const Loop *L) { 4844 // An instruction outside of the loop can't be derived from a loop PHI. 4845 if (!L->contains(I)) return false; 4846 4847 if (isa<PHINode>(I)) { 4848 if (L->getHeader() == I->getParent()) 4849 return true; 4850 else 4851 // We don't currently keep track of the control flow needed to evaluate 4852 // PHIs, so we cannot handle PHIs inside of loops. 4853 return false; 4854 } 4855 4856 // If we won't be able to constant fold this expression even if the operands 4857 // are constants, bail early. 4858 return CanConstantFold(I); 4859 } 4860 4861 /// getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands - Implement getConstantEvolvingPHI by 4862 /// recursing through each instruction operand until reaching a loop header phi. 4863 static PHINode * 4864 getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(Instruction *UseInst, const Loop *L, 4865 DenseMap<Instruction *, PHINode *> &PHIMap) { 4866 4867 // Otherwise, we can evaluate this instruction if all of its operands are 4868 // constant or derived from a PHI node themselves. 4869 PHINode *PHI = 0; 4870 for (Instruction::op_iterator OpI = UseInst->op_begin(), 4871 OpE = UseInst->op_end(); OpI != OpE; ++OpI) { 4872 4873 if (isa<Constant>(*OpI)) continue; 4874 4875 Instruction *OpInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(*OpI); 4876 if (!OpInst || !canConstantEvolve(OpInst, L)) return 0; 4877 4878 PHINode *P = dyn_cast<PHINode>(OpInst); 4879 if (!P) 4880 // If this operand is already visited, reuse the prior result. 4881 // We may have P != PHI if this is the deepest point at which the 4882 // inconsistent paths meet. 4883 P = PHIMap.lookup(OpInst); 4884 if (!P) { 4885 // Recurse and memoize the results, whether a phi is found or not. 4886 // This recursive call invalidates pointers into PHIMap. 4887 P = getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(OpInst, L, PHIMap); 4888 PHIMap[OpInst] = P; 4889 } 4890 if (P == 0) return 0; // Not evolving from PHI 4891 if (PHI && PHI != P) return 0; // Evolving from multiple different PHIs. 4892 PHI = P; 4893 } 4894 // This is a expression evolving from a constant PHI! 4895 return PHI; 4896 } 4897 4898 /// getConstantEvolvingPHI - Given an LLVM value and a loop, return a PHI node 4899 /// in the loop that V is derived from. We allow arbitrary operations along the 4900 /// way, but the operands of an operation must either be constants or a value 4901 /// derived from a constant PHI. If this expression does not fit with these 4902 /// constraints, return null. 4903 static PHINode *getConstantEvolvingPHI(Value *V, const Loop *L) { 4904 Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V); 4905 if (I == 0 || !canConstantEvolve(I, L)) return 0; 4906 4907 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) { 4908 return PN; 4909 } 4910 4911 // Record non-constant instructions contained by the loop. 4912 DenseMap<Instruction *, PHINode *> PHIMap; 4913 return getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(I, L, PHIMap); 4914 } 4915 4916 /// EvaluateExpression - Given an expression that passes the 4917 /// getConstantEvolvingPHI predicate, evaluate its value assuming the PHI node 4918 /// in the loop has the value PHIVal. If we can't fold this expression for some 4919 /// reason, return null. 4920 static Constant *EvaluateExpression(Value *V, const Loop *L, 4921 DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> &Vals, 4922 const DataLayout *TD, 4923 const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) { 4924 // Convenient constant check, but redundant for recursive calls. 4925 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V)) return C; 4926 Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V); 4927 if (!I) return 0; 4928 4929 if (Constant *C = Vals.lookup(I)) return C; 4930 4931 // An instruction inside the loop depends on a value outside the loop that we 4932 // weren't given a mapping for, or a value such as a call inside the loop. 4933 if (!canConstantEvolve(I, L)) return 0; 4934 4935 // An unmapped PHI can be due to a branch or another loop inside this loop, 4936 // or due to this not being the initial iteration through a loop where we 4937 // couldn't compute the evolution of this particular PHI last time. 4938 if (isa<PHINode>(I)) return 0; 4939 4940 std::vector<Constant*> Operands(I->getNumOperands()); 4941 4942 for (unsigned i = 0, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 4943 Instruction *Operand = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I->getOperand(i)); 4944 if (!Operand) { 4945 Operands[i] = dyn_cast<Constant>(I->getOperand(i)); 4946 if (!Operands[i]) return 0; 4947 continue; 4948 } 4949 Constant *C = EvaluateExpression(Operand, L, Vals, TD, TLI); 4950 Vals[Operand] = C; 4951 if (!C) return 0; 4952 Operands[i] = C; 4953 } 4954 4955 if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I)) 4956 return ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(CI->getPredicate(), Operands[0], 4957 Operands[1], TD, TLI); 4958 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) { 4959 if (!LI->isVolatile()) 4960 return ConstantFoldLoadFromConstPtr(Operands[0], TD); 4961 } 4962 return ConstantFoldInstOperands(I->getOpcode(), I->getType(), Operands, TD, 4963 TLI); 4964 } 4965 4966 /// getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue - If we know that the specified Phi is 4967 /// in the header of its containing loop, we know the loop executes a 4968 /// constant number of times, and the PHI node is just a recurrence 4969 /// involving constants, fold it. 4970 Constant * 4971 ScalarEvolution::getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue(PHINode *PN, 4972 const APInt &BEs, 4973 const Loop *L) { 4974 DenseMap<PHINode*, Constant*>::const_iterator I = 4975 ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.find(PN); 4976 if (I != ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.end()) 4977 return I->second; 4978 4979 if (BEs.ugt(MaxBruteForceIterations)) 4980 return ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue[PN] = 0; // Not going to evaluate it. 4981 4982 Constant *&RetVal = ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue[PN]; 4983 4984 DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> CurrentIterVals; 4985 BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader(); 4986 assert(PN->getParent() == Header && "Can't evaluate PHI not in loop header!"); 4987 4988 // Since the loop is canonicalized, the PHI node must have two entries. One 4989 // entry must be a constant (coming in from outside of the loop), and the 4990 // second must be derived from the same PHI. 4991 bool SecondIsBackedge = L->contains(PN->getIncomingBlock(1)); 4992 PHINode *PHI = 0; 4993 for (BasicBlock::iterator I = Header->begin(); 4994 (PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)); ++I) { 4995 Constant *StartCST = 4996 dyn_cast<Constant>(PHI->getIncomingValue(!SecondIsBackedge)); 4997 if (StartCST == 0) continue; 4998 CurrentIterVals[PHI] = StartCST; 4999 } 5000 if (!CurrentIterVals.count(PN)) 5001 return RetVal = 0; 5002 5003 Value *BEValue = PN->getIncomingValue(SecondIsBackedge); 5004 5005 // Execute the loop symbolically to determine the exit value. 5006 if (BEs.getActiveBits() >= 32) 5007 return RetVal = 0; // More than 2^32-1 iterations?? Not doing it! 5008 5009 unsigned NumIterations = BEs.getZExtValue(); // must be in range 5010 unsigned IterationNum = 0; 5011 for (; ; ++IterationNum) { 5012 if (IterationNum == NumIterations) 5013 return RetVal = CurrentIterVals[PN]; // Got exit value! 5014 5015 // Compute the value of the PHIs for the next iteration. 5016 // EvaluateExpression adds non-phi values to the CurrentIterVals map. 5017 DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> NextIterVals; 5018 Constant *NextPHI = EvaluateExpression(BEValue, L, CurrentIterVals, TD, 5019 TLI); 5020 if (NextPHI == 0) 5021 return 0; // Couldn't evaluate! 5022 NextIterVals[PN] = NextPHI; 5023 5024 bool StoppedEvolving = NextPHI == CurrentIterVals[PN]; 5025 5026 // Also evaluate the other PHI nodes. However, we don't get to stop if we 5027 // cease to be able to evaluate one of them or if they stop evolving, 5028 // because that doesn't necessarily prevent us from computing PN. 5029 SmallVector<std::pair<PHINode *, Constant *>, 8> PHIsToCompute; 5030 for (DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *>::const_iterator 5031 I = CurrentIterVals.begin(), E = CurrentIterVals.end(); I != E; ++I){ 5032 PHINode *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I->first); 5033 if (!PHI || PHI == PN || PHI->getParent() != Header) continue; 5034 PHIsToCompute.push_back(std::make_pair(PHI, I->second)); 5035 } 5036 // We use two distinct loops because EvaluateExpression may invalidate any 5037 // iterators into CurrentIterVals. 5038 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<PHINode *, Constant*> >::const_iterator 5039 I = PHIsToCompute.begin(), E = PHIsToCompute.end(); I != E; ++I) { 5040 PHINode *PHI = I->first; 5041 Constant *&NextPHI = NextIterVals[PHI]; 5042 if (!NextPHI) { // Not already computed. 5043 Value *BEValue = PHI->getIncomingValue(SecondIsBackedge); 5044 NextPHI = EvaluateExpression(BEValue, L, CurrentIterVals, TD, TLI); 5045 } 5046 if (NextPHI != I->second) 5047 StoppedEvolving = false; 5048 } 5049 5050 // If all entries in CurrentIterVals == NextIterVals then we can stop 5051 // iterating, the loop can't continue to change. 5052 if (StoppedEvolving) 5053 return RetVal = CurrentIterVals[PN]; 5054 5055 CurrentIterVals.swap(NextIterVals); 5056 } 5057 } 5058 5059 /// ComputeExitCountExhaustively - If the loop is known to execute a 5060 /// constant number of times (the condition evolves only from constants), 5061 /// try to evaluate a few iterations of the loop until we get the exit 5062 /// condition gets a value of ExitWhen (true or false). If we cannot 5063 /// evaluate the trip count of the loop, return getCouldNotCompute(). 5064 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::ComputeExitCountExhaustively(const Loop *L, 5065 Value *Cond, 5066 bool ExitWhen) { 5067 PHINode *PN = getConstantEvolvingPHI(Cond, L); 5068 if (PN == 0) return getCouldNotCompute(); 5069 5070 // If the loop is canonicalized, the PHI will have exactly two entries. 5071 // That's the only form we support here. 5072 if (PN->getNumIncomingValues() != 2) return getCouldNotCompute(); 5073 5074 DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> CurrentIterVals; 5075 BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader(); 5076 assert(PN->getParent() == Header && "Can't evaluate PHI not in loop header!"); 5077 5078 // One entry must be a constant (coming in from outside of the loop), and the 5079 // second must be derived from the same PHI. 5080 bool SecondIsBackedge = L->contains(PN->getIncomingBlock(1)); 5081 PHINode *PHI = 0; 5082 for (BasicBlock::iterator I = Header->begin(); 5083 (PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)); ++I) { 5084 Constant *StartCST = 5085 dyn_cast<Constant>(PHI->getIncomingValue(!SecondIsBackedge)); 5086 if (StartCST == 0) continue; 5087 CurrentIterVals[PHI] = StartCST; 5088 } 5089 if (!CurrentIterVals.count(PN)) 5090 return getCouldNotCompute(); 5091 5092 // Okay, we find a PHI node that defines the trip count of this loop. Execute 5093 // the loop symbolically to determine when the condition gets a value of 5094 // "ExitWhen". 5095 5096 unsigned MaxIterations = MaxBruteForceIterations; // Limit analysis. 5097 for (unsigned IterationNum = 0; IterationNum != MaxIterations;++IterationNum){ 5098 ConstantInt *CondVal = 5099 dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantInt>(EvaluateExpression(Cond, L, CurrentIterVals, 5100 TD, TLI)); 5101 5102 // Couldn't symbolically evaluate. 5103 if (!CondVal) return getCouldNotCompute(); 5104 5105 if (CondVal->getValue() == uint64_t(ExitWhen)) { 5106 ++NumBruteForceTripCountsComputed; 5107 return getConstant(Type::getInt32Ty(getContext()), IterationNum); 5108 } 5109 5110 // Update all the PHI nodes for the next iteration. 5111 DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> NextIterVals; 5112 5113 // Create a list of which PHIs we need to compute. We want to do this before 5114 // calling EvaluateExpression on them because that may invalidate iterators 5115 // into CurrentIterVals. 5116 SmallVector<PHINode *, 8> PHIsToCompute; 5117 for (DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *>::const_iterator 5118 I = CurrentIterVals.begin(), E = CurrentIterVals.end(); I != E; ++I){ 5119 PHINode *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I->first); 5120 if (!PHI || PHI->getParent() != Header) continue; 5121 PHIsToCompute.push_back(PHI); 5122 } 5123 for (SmallVectorImpl<PHINode *>::const_iterator I = PHIsToCompute.begin(), 5124 E = PHIsToCompute.end(); I != E; ++I) { 5125 PHINode *PHI = *I; 5126 Constant *&NextPHI = NextIterVals[PHI]; 5127 if (NextPHI) continue; // Already computed! 5128 5129 Value *BEValue = PHI->getIncomingValue(SecondIsBackedge); 5130 NextPHI = EvaluateExpression(BEValue, L, CurrentIterVals, TD, TLI); 5131 } 5132 CurrentIterVals.swap(NextIterVals); 5133 } 5134 5135 // Too many iterations were needed to evaluate. 5136 return getCouldNotCompute(); 5137 } 5138 5139 /// getSCEVAtScope - Return a SCEV expression for the specified value 5140 /// at the specified scope in the program. The L value specifies a loop 5141 /// nest to evaluate the expression at, where null is the top-level or a 5142 /// specified loop is immediately inside of the loop. 5143 /// 5144 /// This method can be used to compute the exit value for a variable defined 5145 /// in a loop by querying what the value will hold in the parent loop. 5146 /// 5147 /// In the case that a relevant loop exit value cannot be computed, the 5148 /// original value V is returned. 5149 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSCEVAtScope(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) { 5150 // Check to see if we've folded this expression at this loop before. 5151 SmallVector<std::pair<const Loop *, const SCEV *>, 2> &Values = ValuesAtScopes[V]; 5152 for (unsigned u = 0; u < Values.size(); u++) { 5153 if (Values[u].first == L) 5154 return Values[u].second ? Values[u].second : V; 5155 } 5156 Values.push_back(std::make_pair(L, static_cast<const SCEV *>(0))); 5157 // Otherwise compute it. 5158 const SCEV *C = computeSCEVAtScope(V, L); 5159 SmallVector<std::pair<const Loop *, const SCEV *>, 2> &Values2 = ValuesAtScopes[V]; 5160 for (unsigned u = Values2.size(); u > 0; u--) { 5161 if (Values2[u - 1].first == L) { 5162 Values2[u - 1].second = C; 5163 break; 5164 } 5165 } 5166 return C; 5167 } 5168 5169 /// This builds up a Constant using the ConstantExpr interface. That way, we 5170 /// will return Constants for objects which aren't represented by a 5171 /// SCEVConstant, because SCEVConstant is restricted to ConstantInt. 5172 /// Returns NULL if the SCEV isn't representable as a Constant. 5173 static Constant *BuildConstantFromSCEV(const SCEV *V) { 5174 switch (V->getSCEVType()) { 5175 default: // TODO: smax, umax. 5176 case scCouldNotCompute: 5177 case scAddRecExpr: 5178 break; 5179 case scConstant: 5180 return cast<SCEVConstant>(V)->getValue(); 5181 case scUnknown: 5182 return dyn_cast<Constant>(cast<SCEVUnknown>(V)->getValue()); 5183 case scSignExtend: { 5184 const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SS = cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(V); 5185 if (Constant *CastOp = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SS->getOperand())) 5186 return ConstantExpr::getSExt(CastOp, SS->getType()); 5187 break; 5188 } 5189 case scZeroExtend: { 5190 const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(V); 5191 if (Constant *CastOp = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SZ->getOperand())) 5192 return ConstantExpr::getZExt(CastOp, SZ->getType()); 5193 break; 5194 } 5195 case scTruncate: { 5196 const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(V); 5197 if (Constant *CastOp = BuildConstantFromSCEV(ST->getOperand())) 5198 return ConstantExpr::getTrunc(CastOp, ST->getType()); 5199 break; 5200 } 5201 case scAddExpr: { 5202 const SCEVAddExpr *SA = cast<SCEVAddExpr>(V); 5203 if (Constant *C = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SA->getOperand(0))) { 5204 if (PointerType *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(C->getType())) { 5205 unsigned AS = PTy->getAddressSpace(); 5206 Type *DestPtrTy = Type::getInt8PtrTy(C->getContext(), AS); 5207 C = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(C, DestPtrTy); 5208 } 5209 for (unsigned i = 1, e = SA->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 5210 Constant *C2 = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SA->getOperand(i)); 5211 if (!C2) return 0; 5212 5213 // First pointer! 5214 if (!C->getType()->isPointerTy() && C2->getType()->isPointerTy()) { 5215 unsigned AS = C2->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace(); 5216 std::swap(C, C2); 5217 Type *DestPtrTy = Type::getInt8PtrTy(C->getContext(), AS); 5218 // The offsets have been converted to bytes. We can add bytes to an 5219 // i8* by GEP with the byte count in the first index. 5220 C = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(C, DestPtrTy); 5221 } 5222 5223 // Don't bother trying to sum two pointers. We probably can't 5224 // statically compute a load that results from it anyway. 5225 if (C2->getType()->isPointerTy()) 5226 return 0; 5227 5228 if (PointerType *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(C->getType())) { 5229 if (PTy->getElementType()->isStructTy()) 5230 C2 = ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast( 5231 C2, Type::getInt32Ty(C->getContext()), true); 5232 C = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(C, C2); 5233 } else 5234 C = ConstantExpr::getAdd(C, C2); 5235 } 5236 return C; 5237 } 5238 break; 5239 } 5240 case scMulExpr: { 5241 const SCEVMulExpr *SM = cast<SCEVMulExpr>(V); 5242 if (Constant *C = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SM->getOperand(0))) { 5243 // Don't bother with pointers at all. 5244 if (C->getType()->isPointerTy()) return 0; 5245 for (unsigned i = 1, e = SM->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 5246 Constant *C2 = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SM->getOperand(i)); 5247 if (!C2 || C2->getType()->isPointerTy()) return 0; 5248 C = ConstantExpr::getMul(C, C2); 5249 } 5250 return C; 5251 } 5252 break; 5253 } 5254 case scUDivExpr: { 5255 const SCEVUDivExpr *SU = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(V); 5256 if (Constant *LHS = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SU->getLHS())) 5257 if (Constant *RHS = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SU->getRHS())) 5258 if (LHS->getType() == RHS->getType()) 5259 return ConstantExpr::getUDiv(LHS, RHS); 5260 break; 5261 } 5262 } 5263 return 0; 5264 } 5265 5266 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::computeSCEVAtScope(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) { 5267 if (isa<SCEVConstant>(V)) return V; 5268 5269 // If this instruction is evolved from a constant-evolving PHI, compute the 5270 // exit value from the loop without using SCEVs. 5271 if (const SCEVUnknown *SU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(V)) { 5272 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(SU->getValue())) { 5273 const Loop *LI = (*this->LI)[I->getParent()]; 5274 if (LI && LI->getParentLoop() == L) // Looking for loop exit value. 5275 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) 5276 if (PN->getParent() == LI->getHeader()) { 5277 // Okay, there is no closed form solution for the PHI node. Check 5278 // to see if the loop that contains it has a known backedge-taken 5279 // count. If so, we may be able to force computation of the exit 5280 // value. 5281 const SCEV *BackedgeTakenCount = getBackedgeTakenCount(LI); 5282 if (const SCEVConstant *BTCC = 5283 dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(BackedgeTakenCount)) { 5284 // Okay, we know how many times the containing loop executes. If 5285 // this is a constant evolving PHI node, get the final value at 5286 // the specified iteration number. 5287 Constant *RV = getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue(PN, 5288 BTCC->getValue()->getValue(), 5289 LI); 5290 if (RV) return getSCEV(RV); 5291 } 5292 } 5293 5294 // Okay, this is an expression that we cannot symbolically evaluate 5295 // into a SCEV. Check to see if it's possible to symbolically evaluate 5296 // the arguments into constants, and if so, try to constant propagate the 5297 // result. This is particularly useful for computing loop exit values. 5298 if (CanConstantFold(I)) { 5299 SmallVector<Constant *, 4> Operands; 5300 bool MadeImprovement = false; 5301 for (unsigned i = 0, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 5302 Value *Op = I->getOperand(i); 5303 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) { 5304 Operands.push_back(C); 5305 continue; 5306 } 5307 5308 // If any of the operands is non-constant and if they are 5309 // non-integer and non-pointer, don't even try to analyze them 5310 // with scev techniques. 5311 if (!isSCEVable(Op->getType())) 5312 return V; 5313 5314 const SCEV *OrigV = getSCEV(Op); 5315 const SCEV *OpV = getSCEVAtScope(OrigV, L); 5316 MadeImprovement |= OrigV != OpV; 5317 5318 Constant *C = BuildConstantFromSCEV(OpV); 5319 if (!C) return V; 5320 if (C->getType() != Op->getType()) 5321 C = ConstantExpr::getCast(CastInst::getCastOpcode(C, false, 5322 Op->getType(), 5323 false), 5324 C, Op->getType()); 5325 Operands.push_back(C); 5326 } 5327 5328 // Check to see if getSCEVAtScope actually made an improvement. 5329 if (MadeImprovement) { 5330 Constant *C = 0; 5331 if (const CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I)) 5332 C = ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(CI->getPredicate(), 5333 Operands[0], Operands[1], TD, 5334 TLI); 5335 else if (const LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) { 5336 if (!LI->isVolatile()) 5337 C = ConstantFoldLoadFromConstPtr(Operands[0], TD); 5338 } else 5339 C = ConstantFoldInstOperands(I->getOpcode(), I->getType(), 5340 Operands, TD, TLI); 5341 if (!C) return V; 5342 return getSCEV(C); 5343 } 5344 } 5345 } 5346 5347 // This is some other type of SCEVUnknown, just return it. 5348 return V; 5349 } 5350 5351 if (const SCEVCommutativeExpr *Comm = dyn_cast<SCEVCommutativeExpr>(V)) { 5352 // Avoid performing the look-up in the common case where the specified 5353 // expression has no loop-variant portions. 5354 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Comm->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 5355 const SCEV *OpAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(Comm->getOperand(i), L); 5356 if (OpAtScope != Comm->getOperand(i)) { 5357 // Okay, at least one of these operands is loop variant but might be 5358 // foldable. Build a new instance of the folded commutative expression. 5359 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> NewOps(Comm->op_begin(), 5360 Comm->op_begin()+i); 5361 NewOps.push_back(OpAtScope); 5362 5363 for (++i; i != e; ++i) { 5364 OpAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(Comm->getOperand(i), L); 5365 NewOps.push_back(OpAtScope); 5366 } 5367 if (isa<SCEVAddExpr>(Comm)) 5368 return getAddExpr(NewOps); 5369 if (isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Comm)) 5370 return getMulExpr(NewOps); 5371 if (isa<SCEVSMaxExpr>(Comm)) 5372 return getSMaxExpr(NewOps); 5373 if (isa<SCEVUMaxExpr>(Comm)) 5374 return getUMaxExpr(NewOps); 5375 llvm_unreachable("Unknown commutative SCEV type!"); 5376 } 5377 } 5378 // If we got here, all operands are loop invariant. 5379 return Comm; 5380 } 5381 5382 if (const SCEVUDivExpr *Div = dyn_cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(V)) { 5383 const SCEV *LHS = getSCEVAtScope(Div->getLHS(), L); 5384 const SCEV *RHS = getSCEVAtScope(Div->getRHS(), L); 5385 if (LHS == Div->getLHS() && RHS == Div->getRHS()) 5386 return Div; // must be loop invariant 5387 return getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS); 5388 } 5389 5390 // If this is a loop recurrence for a loop that does not contain L, then we 5391 // are dealing with the final value computed by the loop. 5392 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(V)) { 5393 // First, attempt to evaluate each operand. 5394 // Avoid performing the look-up in the common case where the specified 5395 // expression has no loop-variant portions. 5396 for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 5397 const SCEV *OpAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getOperand(i), L); 5398 if (OpAtScope == AddRec->getOperand(i)) 5399 continue; 5400 5401 // Okay, at least one of these operands is loop variant but might be 5402 // foldable. Build a new instance of the folded commutative expression. 5403 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> NewOps(AddRec->op_begin(), 5404 AddRec->op_begin()+i); 5405 NewOps.push_back(OpAtScope); 5406 for (++i; i != e; ++i) 5407 NewOps.push_back(getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getOperand(i), L)); 5408 5409 const SCEV *FoldedRec = 5410 getAddRecExpr(NewOps, AddRec->getLoop(), 5411 AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW)); 5412 AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(FoldedRec); 5413 // The addrec may be folded to a nonrecurrence, for example, if the 5414 // induction variable is multiplied by zero after constant folding. Go 5415 // ahead and return the folded value. 5416 if (!AddRec) 5417 return FoldedRec; 5418 break; 5419 } 5420 5421 // If the scope is outside the addrec's loop, evaluate it by using the 5422 // loop exit value of the addrec. 5423 if (!AddRec->getLoop()->contains(L)) { 5424 // To evaluate this recurrence, we need to know how many times the AddRec 5425 // loop iterates. Compute this now. 5426 const SCEV *BackedgeTakenCount = getBackedgeTakenCount(AddRec->getLoop()); 5427 if (BackedgeTakenCount == getCouldNotCompute()) return AddRec; 5428 5429 // Then, evaluate the AddRec. 5430 return AddRec->evaluateAtIteration(BackedgeTakenCount, *this); 5431 } 5432 5433 return AddRec; 5434 } 5435 5436 if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(V)) { 5437 const SCEV *Op = getSCEVAtScope(Cast->getOperand(), L); 5438 if (Op == Cast->getOperand()) 5439 return Cast; // must be loop invariant 5440 return getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Cast->getType()); 5441 } 5442 5443 if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(V)) { 5444 const SCEV *Op = getSCEVAtScope(Cast->getOperand(), L); 5445 if (Op == Cast->getOperand()) 5446 return Cast; // must be loop invariant 5447 return getSignExtendExpr(Op, Cast->getType()); 5448 } 5449 5450 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(V)) { 5451 const SCEV *Op = getSCEVAtScope(Cast->getOperand(), L); 5452 if (Op == Cast->getOperand()) 5453 return Cast; // must be loop invariant 5454 return getTruncateExpr(Op, Cast->getType()); 5455 } 5456 5457 llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV type!"); 5458 } 5459 5460 /// getSCEVAtScope - This is a convenience function which does 5461 /// getSCEVAtScope(getSCEV(V), L). 5462 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSCEVAtScope(Value *V, const Loop *L) { 5463 return getSCEVAtScope(getSCEV(V), L); 5464 } 5465 5466 /// SolveLinEquationWithOverflow - Finds the minimum unsigned root of the 5467 /// following equation: 5468 /// 5469 /// A * X = B (mod N) 5470 /// 5471 /// where N = 2^BW and BW is the common bit width of A and B. The signedness of 5472 /// A and B isn't important. 5473 /// 5474 /// If the equation does not have a solution, SCEVCouldNotCompute is returned. 5475 static const SCEV *SolveLinEquationWithOverflow(const APInt &A, const APInt &B, 5476 ScalarEvolution &SE) { 5477 uint32_t BW = A.getBitWidth(); 5478 assert(BW == B.getBitWidth() && "Bit widths must be the same."); 5479 assert(A != 0 && "A must be non-zero."); 5480 5481 // 1. D = gcd(A, N) 5482 // 5483 // The gcd of A and N may have only one prime factor: 2. The number of 5484 // trailing zeros in A is its multiplicity 5485 uint32_t Mult2 = A.countTrailingZeros(); 5486 // D = 2^Mult2 5487 5488 // 2. Check if B is divisible by D. 5489 // 5490 // B is divisible by D if and only if the multiplicity of prime factor 2 for B 5491 // is not less than multiplicity of this prime factor for D. 5492 if (B.countTrailingZeros() < Mult2) 5493 return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); 5494 5495 // 3. Compute I: the multiplicative inverse of (A / D) in arithmetic 5496 // modulo (N / D). 5497 // 5498 // (N / D) may need BW+1 bits in its representation. Hence, we'll use this 5499 // bit width during computations. 5500 APInt AD = A.lshr(Mult2).zext(BW + 1); // AD = A / D 5501 APInt Mod(BW + 1, 0); 5502 Mod.setBit(BW - Mult2); // Mod = N / D 5503 APInt I = AD.multiplicativeInverse(Mod); 5504 5505 // 4. Compute the minimum unsigned root of the equation: 5506 // I * (B / D) mod (N / D) 5507 APInt Result = (I * B.lshr(Mult2).zext(BW + 1)).urem(Mod); 5508 5509 // The result is guaranteed to be less than 2^BW so we may truncate it to BW 5510 // bits. 5511 return SE.getConstant(Result.trunc(BW)); 5512 } 5513 5514 /// SolveQuadraticEquation - Find the roots of the quadratic equation for the 5515 /// given quadratic chrec {L,+,M,+,N}. This returns either the two roots (which 5516 /// might be the same) or two SCEVCouldNotCompute objects. 5517 /// 5518 static std::pair<const SCEV *,const SCEV *> 5519 SolveQuadraticEquation(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec, ScalarEvolution &SE) { 5520 assert(AddRec->getNumOperands() == 3 && "This is not a quadratic chrec!"); 5521 const SCEVConstant *LC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getOperand(0)); 5522 const SCEVConstant *MC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getOperand(1)); 5523 const SCEVConstant *NC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getOperand(2)); 5524 5525 // We currently can only solve this if the coefficients are constants. 5526 if (!LC || !MC || !NC) { 5527 const SCEV *CNC = SE.getCouldNotCompute(); 5528 return std::make_pair(CNC, CNC); 5529 } 5530 5531 uint32_t BitWidth = LC->getValue()->getValue().getBitWidth(); 5532 const APInt &L = LC->getValue()->getValue(); 5533 const APInt &M = MC->getValue()->getValue(); 5534 const APInt &N = NC->getValue()->getValue(); 5535 APInt Two(BitWidth, 2); 5536 APInt Four(BitWidth, 4); 5537 5538 { 5539 using namespace APIntOps; 5540 const APInt& C = L; 5541 // Convert from chrec coefficients to polynomial coefficients AX^2+BX+C 5542 // The B coefficient is M-N/2 5543 APInt B(M); 5544 B -= sdiv(N,Two); 5545 5546 // The A coefficient is N/2 5547 APInt A(N.sdiv(Two)); 5548 5549 // Compute the B^2-4ac term. 5550 APInt SqrtTerm(B); 5551 SqrtTerm *= B; 5552 SqrtTerm -= Four * (A * C); 5553 5554 if (SqrtTerm.isNegative()) { 5555 // The loop is provably infinite. 5556 const SCEV *CNC = SE.getCouldNotCompute(); 5557 return std::make_pair(CNC, CNC); 5558 } 5559 5560 // Compute sqrt(B^2-4ac). This is guaranteed to be the nearest 5561 // integer value or else APInt::sqrt() will assert. 5562 APInt SqrtVal(SqrtTerm.sqrt()); 5563 5564 // Compute the two solutions for the quadratic formula. 5565 // The divisions must be performed as signed divisions. 5566 APInt NegB(-B); 5567 APInt TwoA(A << 1); 5568 if (TwoA.isMinValue()) { 5569 const SCEV *CNC = SE.getCouldNotCompute(); 5570 return std::make_pair(CNC, CNC); 5571 } 5572 5573 LLVMContext &Context = SE.getContext(); 5574 5575 ConstantInt *Solution1 = 5576 ConstantInt::get(Context, (NegB + SqrtVal).sdiv(TwoA)); 5577 ConstantInt *Solution2 = 5578 ConstantInt::get(Context, (NegB - SqrtVal).sdiv(TwoA)); 5579 5580 return std::make_pair(SE.getConstant(Solution1), 5581 SE.getConstant(Solution2)); 5582 } // end APIntOps namespace 5583 } 5584 5585 /// HowFarToZero - Return the number of times a backedge comparing the specified 5586 /// value to zero will execute. If not computable, return CouldNotCompute. 5587 /// 5588 /// This is only used for loops with a "x != y" exit test. The exit condition is 5589 /// now expressed as a single expression, V = x-y. So the exit test is 5590 /// effectively V != 0. We know and take advantage of the fact that this 5591 /// expression only being used in a comparison by zero context. 5592 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit 5593 ScalarEvolution::HowFarToZero(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L, bool IsSubExpr) { 5594 // If the value is a constant 5595 if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V)) { 5596 // If the value is already zero, the branch will execute zero times. 5597 if (C->getValue()->isZero()) return C; 5598 return getCouldNotCompute(); // Otherwise it will loop infinitely. 5599 } 5600 5601 const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(V); 5602 if (!AddRec || AddRec->getLoop() != L) 5603 return getCouldNotCompute(); 5604 5605 // If this is a quadratic (3-term) AddRec {L,+,M,+,N}, find the roots of 5606 // the quadratic equation to solve it. 5607 if (AddRec->isQuadratic() && AddRec->getType()->isIntegerTy()) { 5608 std::pair<const SCEV *,const SCEV *> Roots = 5609 SolveQuadraticEquation(AddRec, *this); 5610 const SCEVConstant *R1 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Roots.first); 5611 const SCEVConstant *R2 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Roots.second); 5612 if (R1 && R2) { 5613 #if 0 5614 dbgs() << "HFTZ: " << *V << " - sol#1: " << *R1 5615 << " sol#2: " << *R2 << "\n"; 5616 #endif 5617 // Pick the smallest positive root value. 5618 if (ConstantInt *CB = 5619 dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getICmp(CmpInst::ICMP_ULT, 5620 R1->getValue(), 5621 R2->getValue()))) { 5622 if (CB->getZExtValue() == false) 5623 std::swap(R1, R2); // R1 is the minimum root now. 5624 5625 // We can only use this value if the chrec ends up with an exact zero 5626 // value at this index. When solving for "X*X != 5", for example, we 5627 // should not accept a root of 2. 5628 const SCEV *Val = AddRec->evaluateAtIteration(R1, *this); 5629 if (Val->isZero()) 5630 return R1; // We found a quadratic root! 5631 } 5632 } 5633 return getCouldNotCompute(); 5634 } 5635 5636 // Otherwise we can only handle this if it is affine. 5637 if (!AddRec->isAffine()) 5638 return getCouldNotCompute(); 5639 5640 // If this is an affine expression, the execution count of this branch is 5641 // the minimum unsigned root of the following equation: 5642 // 5643 // Start + Step*N = 0 (mod 2^BW) 5644 // 5645 // equivalent to: 5646 // 5647 // Step*N = -Start (mod 2^BW) 5648 // 5649 // where BW is the common bit width of Start and Step. 5650 5651 // Get the initial value for the loop. 5652 const SCEV *Start = getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getStart(), L->getParentLoop()); 5653 const SCEV *Step = getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getOperand(1), L->getParentLoop()); 5654 5655 // For now we handle only constant steps. 5656 // 5657 // TODO: Handle a nonconstant Step given AddRec<NUW>. If the 5658 // AddRec is NUW, then (in an unsigned sense) it cannot be counting up to wrap 5659 // to 0, it must be counting down to equal 0. Consequently, N = Start / -Step. 5660 // We have not yet seen any such cases. 5661 const SCEVConstant *StepC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Step); 5662 if (StepC == 0 || StepC->getValue()->equalsInt(0)) 5663 return getCouldNotCompute(); 5664 5665 // For positive steps (counting up until unsigned overflow): 5666 // N = -Start/Step (as unsigned) 5667 // For negative steps (counting down to zero): 5668 // N = Start/-Step 5669 // First compute the unsigned distance from zero in the direction of Step. 5670 bool CountDown = StepC->getValue()->getValue().isNegative(); 5671 const SCEV *Distance = CountDown ? Start : getNegativeSCEV(Start); 5672 5673 // Handle unitary steps, which cannot wraparound. 5674 // 1*N = -Start; -1*N = Start (mod 2^BW), so: 5675 // N = Distance (as unsigned) 5676 if (StepC->getValue()->equalsInt(1) || StepC->getValue()->isAllOnesValue()) { 5677 ConstantRange CR = getUnsignedRange(Start); 5678 const SCEV *MaxBECount; 5679 if (!CountDown && CR.getUnsignedMin().isMinValue()) 5680 // When counting up, the worst starting value is 1, not 0. 5681 MaxBECount = CR.getUnsignedMax().isMinValue() 5682 ? getConstant(APInt::getMinValue(CR.getBitWidth())) 5683 : getConstant(APInt::getMaxValue(CR.getBitWidth())); 5684 else 5685 MaxBECount = getConstant(CountDown ? CR.getUnsignedMax() 5686 : -CR.getUnsignedMin()); 5687 return ExitLimit(Distance, MaxBECount, /*MustExit=*/true); 5688 } 5689 5690 // If the recurrence is known not to wraparound, unsigned divide computes the 5691 // back edge count. (Ideally we would have an "isexact" bit for udiv). We know 5692 // that the value will either become zero (and thus the loop terminates), that 5693 // the loop will terminate through some other exit condition first, or that 5694 // the loop has undefined behavior. This means we can't "miss" the exit 5695 // value, even with nonunit stride, and exit later via the same branch. Note 5696 // that we can skip this exit if loop later exits via a different 5697 // branch. Hence MustExit=false. 5698 // 5699 // This is only valid for expressions that directly compute the loop exit. It 5700 // is invalid for subexpressions in which the loop may exit through this 5701 // branch even if this subexpression is false. In that case, the trip count 5702 // computed by this udiv could be smaller than the number of well-defined 5703 // iterations. 5704 if (!IsSubExpr && AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW)) { 5705 const SCEV *Exact = 5706 getUDivExpr(Distance, CountDown ? getNegativeSCEV(Step) : Step); 5707 return ExitLimit(Exact, Exact, /*MustExit=*/false); 5708 } 5709 // Then, try to solve the above equation provided that Start is constant. 5710 if (const SCEVConstant *StartC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Start)) 5711 return SolveLinEquationWithOverflow(StepC->getValue()->getValue(), 5712 -StartC->getValue()->getValue(), 5713 *this); 5714 return getCouldNotCompute(); 5715 } 5716 5717 /// HowFarToNonZero - Return the number of times a backedge checking the 5718 /// specified value for nonzero will execute. If not computable, return 5719 /// CouldNotCompute 5720 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit 5721 ScalarEvolution::HowFarToNonZero(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) { 5722 // Loops that look like: while (X == 0) are very strange indeed. We don't 5723 // handle them yet except for the trivial case. This could be expanded in the 5724 // future as needed. 5725 5726 // If the value is a constant, check to see if it is known to be non-zero 5727 // already. If so, the backedge will execute zero times. 5728 if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V)) { 5729 if (!C->getValue()->isNullValue()) 5730 return getConstant(C->getType(), 0); 5731 return getCouldNotCompute(); // Otherwise it will loop infinitely. 5732 } 5733 5734 // We could implement others, but I really doubt anyone writes loops like 5735 // this, and if they did, they would already be constant folded. 5736 return getCouldNotCompute(); 5737 } 5738 5739 /// getPredecessorWithUniqueSuccessorForBB - Return a predecessor of BB 5740 /// (which may not be an immediate predecessor) which has exactly one 5741 /// successor from which BB is reachable, or null if no such block is 5742 /// found. 5743 /// 5744 std::pair<BasicBlock *, BasicBlock *> 5745 ScalarEvolution::getPredecessorWithUniqueSuccessorForBB(BasicBlock *BB) { 5746 // If the block has a unique predecessor, then there is no path from the 5747 // predecessor to the block that does not go through the direct edge 5748 // from the predecessor to the block. 5749 if (BasicBlock *Pred = BB->getSinglePredecessor()) 5750 return std::make_pair(Pred, BB); 5751 5752 // A loop's header is defined to be a block that dominates the loop. 5753 // If the header has a unique predecessor outside the loop, it must be 5754 // a block that has exactly one successor that can reach the loop. 5755 if (Loop *L = LI->getLoopFor(BB)) 5756 return std::make_pair(L->getLoopPredecessor(), L->getHeader()); 5757 5758 return std::pair<BasicBlock *, BasicBlock *>(); 5759 } 5760 5761 /// HasSameValue - SCEV structural equivalence is usually sufficient for 5762 /// testing whether two expressions are equal, however for the purposes of 5763 /// looking for a condition guarding a loop, it can be useful to be a little 5764 /// more general, since a front-end may have replicated the controlling 5765 /// expression. 5766 /// 5767 static bool HasSameValue(const SCEV *A, const SCEV *B) { 5768 // Quick check to see if they are the same SCEV. 5769 if (A == B) return true; 5770 5771 // Otherwise, if they're both SCEVUnknown, it's possible that they hold 5772 // two different instructions with the same value. Check for this case. 5773 if (const SCEVUnknown *AU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(A)) 5774 if (const SCEVUnknown *BU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(B)) 5775 if (const Instruction *AI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(AU->getValue())) 5776 if (const Instruction *BI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(BU->getValue())) 5777 if (AI->isIdenticalTo(BI) && !AI->mayReadFromMemory()) 5778 return true; 5779 5780 // Otherwise assume they may have a different value. 5781 return false; 5782 } 5783 5784 /// SimplifyICmpOperands - Simplify LHS and RHS in a comparison with 5785 /// predicate Pred. Return true iff any changes were made. 5786 /// 5787 bool ScalarEvolution::SimplifyICmpOperands(ICmpInst::Predicate &Pred, 5788 const SCEV *&LHS, const SCEV *&RHS, 5789 unsigned Depth) { 5790 bool Changed = false; 5791 5792 // If we hit the max recursion limit bail out. 5793 if (Depth >= 3) 5794 return false; 5795 5796 // Canonicalize a constant to the right side. 5797 if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS)) { 5798 // Check for both operands constant. 5799 if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) { 5800 if (ConstantExpr::getICmp(Pred, 5801 LHSC->getValue(), 5802 RHSC->getValue())->isNullValue()) 5803 goto trivially_false; 5804 else 5805 goto trivially_true; 5806 } 5807 // Otherwise swap the operands to put the constant on the right. 5808 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 5809 Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred); 5810 Changed = true; 5811 } 5812 5813 // If we're comparing an addrec with a value which is loop-invariant in the 5814 // addrec's loop, put the addrec on the left. Also make a dominance check, 5815 // as both operands could be addrecs loop-invariant in each other's loop. 5816 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS)) { 5817 const Loop *L = AR->getLoop(); 5818 if (isLoopInvariant(LHS, L) && properlyDominates(LHS, L->getHeader())) { 5819 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 5820 Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred); 5821 Changed = true; 5822 } 5823 } 5824 5825 // If there's a constant operand, canonicalize comparisons with boundary 5826 // cases, and canonicalize *-or-equal comparisons to regular comparisons. 5827 if (const SCEVConstant *RC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) { 5828 const APInt &RA = RC->getValue()->getValue(); 5829 switch (Pred) { 5830 default: llvm_unreachable("Unexpected ICmpInst::Predicate value!"); 5831 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: 5832 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: 5833 // Fold ((-1) * %a) + %b == 0 (equivalent to %b-%a == 0) into %a == %b. 5834 if (!RA) 5835 if (const SCEVAddExpr *AE = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(LHS)) 5836 if (const SCEVMulExpr *ME = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(AE->getOperand(0))) 5837 if (AE->getNumOperands() == 2 && ME->getNumOperands() == 2 && 5838 ME->getOperand(0)->isAllOnesValue()) { 5839 RHS = AE->getOperand(1); 5840 LHS = ME->getOperand(1); 5841 Changed = true; 5842 } 5843 break; 5844 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE: 5845 if ((RA - 1).isMinValue()) { 5846 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE; 5847 RHS = getConstant(RA - 1); 5848 Changed = true; 5849 break; 5850 } 5851 if (RA.isMaxValue()) { 5852 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ; 5853 Changed = true; 5854 break; 5855 } 5856 if (RA.isMinValue()) goto trivially_true; 5857 5858 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT; 5859 RHS = getConstant(RA - 1); 5860 Changed = true; 5861 break; 5862 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: 5863 if ((RA + 1).isMaxValue()) { 5864 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE; 5865 RHS = getConstant(RA + 1); 5866 Changed = true; 5867 break; 5868 } 5869 if (RA.isMinValue()) { 5870 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ; 5871 Changed = true; 5872 break; 5873 } 5874 if (RA.isMaxValue()) goto trivially_true; 5875 5876 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT; 5877 RHS = getConstant(RA + 1); 5878 Changed = true; 5879 break; 5880 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: 5881 if ((RA - 1).isMinSignedValue()) { 5882 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE; 5883 RHS = getConstant(RA - 1); 5884 Changed = true; 5885 break; 5886 } 5887 if (RA.isMaxSignedValue()) { 5888 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ; 5889 Changed = true; 5890 break; 5891 } 5892 if (RA.isMinSignedValue()) goto trivially_true; 5893 5894 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT; 5895 RHS = getConstant(RA - 1); 5896 Changed = true; 5897 break; 5898 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: 5899 if ((RA + 1).isMaxSignedValue()) { 5900 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE; 5901 RHS = getConstant(RA + 1); 5902 Changed = true; 5903 break; 5904 } 5905 if (RA.isMinSignedValue()) { 5906 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ; 5907 Changed = true; 5908 break; 5909 } 5910 if (RA.isMaxSignedValue()) goto trivially_true; 5911 5912 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT; 5913 RHS = getConstant(RA + 1); 5914 Changed = true; 5915 break; 5916 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: 5917 if (RA.isMinValue()) { 5918 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE; 5919 Changed = true; 5920 break; 5921 } 5922 if ((RA + 1).isMaxValue()) { 5923 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ; 5924 RHS = getConstant(RA + 1); 5925 Changed = true; 5926 break; 5927 } 5928 if (RA.isMaxValue()) goto trivially_false; 5929 break; 5930 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: 5931 if (RA.isMaxValue()) { 5932 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE; 5933 Changed = true; 5934 break; 5935 } 5936 if ((RA - 1).isMinValue()) { 5937 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ; 5938 RHS = getConstant(RA - 1); 5939 Changed = true; 5940 break; 5941 } 5942 if (RA.isMinValue()) goto trivially_false; 5943 break; 5944 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: 5945 if (RA.isMinSignedValue()) { 5946 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE; 5947 Changed = true; 5948 break; 5949 } 5950 if ((RA + 1).isMaxSignedValue()) { 5951 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ; 5952 RHS = getConstant(RA + 1); 5953 Changed = true; 5954 break; 5955 } 5956 if (RA.isMaxSignedValue()) goto trivially_false; 5957 break; 5958 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: 5959 if (RA.isMaxSignedValue()) { 5960 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE; 5961 Changed = true; 5962 break; 5963 } 5964 if ((RA - 1).isMinSignedValue()) { 5965 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ; 5966 RHS = getConstant(RA - 1); 5967 Changed = true; 5968 break; 5969 } 5970 if (RA.isMinSignedValue()) goto trivially_false; 5971 break; 5972 } 5973 } 5974 5975 // Check for obvious equality. 5976 if (HasSameValue(LHS, RHS)) { 5977 if (ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred)) 5978 goto trivially_true; 5979 if (ICmpInst::isFalseWhenEqual(Pred)) 5980 goto trivially_false; 5981 } 5982 5983 // If possible, canonicalize GE/LE comparisons to GT/LT comparisons, by 5984 // adding or subtracting 1 from one of the operands. 5985 switch (Pred) { 5986 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: 5987 if (!getSignedRange(RHS).getSignedMax().isMaxSignedValue()) { 5988 RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), RHS, 5989 SCEV::FlagNSW); 5990 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT; 5991 Changed = true; 5992 } else if (!getSignedRange(LHS).getSignedMin().isMinSignedValue()) { 5993 LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), LHS, 5994 SCEV::FlagNSW); 5995 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT; 5996 Changed = true; 5997 } 5998 break; 5999 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: 6000 if (!getSignedRange(RHS).getSignedMin().isMinSignedValue()) { 6001 RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), RHS, 6002 SCEV::FlagNSW); 6003 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT; 6004 Changed = true; 6005 } else if (!getSignedRange(LHS).getSignedMax().isMaxSignedValue()) { 6006 LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), LHS, 6007 SCEV::FlagNSW); 6008 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT; 6009 Changed = true; 6010 } 6011 break; 6012 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: 6013 if (!getUnsignedRange(RHS).getUnsignedMax().isMaxValue()) { 6014 RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), RHS, 6015 SCEV::FlagNUW); 6016 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT; 6017 Changed = true; 6018 } else if (!getUnsignedRange(LHS).getUnsignedMin().isMinValue()) { 6019 LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), LHS, 6020 SCEV::FlagNUW); 6021 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT; 6022 Changed = true; 6023 } 6024 break; 6025 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE: 6026 if (!getUnsignedRange(RHS).getUnsignedMin().isMinValue()) { 6027 RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), RHS, 6028 SCEV::FlagNUW); 6029 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT; 6030 Changed = true; 6031 } else if (!getUnsignedRange(LHS).getUnsignedMax().isMaxValue()) { 6032 LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), LHS, 6033 SCEV::FlagNUW); 6034 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT; 6035 Changed = true; 6036 } 6037 break; 6038 default: 6039 break; 6040 } 6041 6042 // TODO: More simplifications are possible here. 6043 6044 // Recursively simplify until we either hit a recursion limit or nothing 6045 // changes. 6046 if (Changed) 6047 return SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, Depth+1); 6048 6049 return Changed; 6050 6051 trivially_true: 6052 // Return 0 == 0. 6053 LHS = RHS = getConstant(ConstantInt::getFalse(getContext())); 6054 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ; 6055 return true; 6056 6057 trivially_false: 6058 // Return 0 != 0. 6059 LHS = RHS = getConstant(ConstantInt::getFalse(getContext())); 6060 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE; 6061 return true; 6062 } 6063 6064 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNegative(const SCEV *S) { 6065 return getSignedRange(S).getSignedMax().isNegative(); 6066 } 6067 6068 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPositive(const SCEV *S) { 6069 return getSignedRange(S).getSignedMin().isStrictlyPositive(); 6070 } 6071 6072 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonNegative(const SCEV *S) { 6073 return !getSignedRange(S).getSignedMin().isNegative(); 6074 } 6075 6076 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonPositive(const SCEV *S) { 6077 return !getSignedRange(S).getSignedMax().isStrictlyPositive(); 6078 } 6079 6080 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonZero(const SCEV *S) { 6081 return isKnownNegative(S) || isKnownPositive(S); 6082 } 6083 6084 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, 6085 const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) { 6086 // Canonicalize the inputs first. 6087 (void)SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS); 6088 6089 // If LHS or RHS is an addrec, check to see if the condition is true in 6090 // every iteration of the loop. 6091 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS)) 6092 if (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond( 6093 AR->getLoop(), Pred, AR->getStart(), RHS) && 6094 isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond( 6095 AR->getLoop(), Pred, AR->getPostIncExpr(*this), RHS)) 6096 return true; 6097 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS)) 6098 if (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond( 6099 AR->getLoop(), Pred, LHS, AR->getStart()) && 6100 isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond( 6101 AR->getLoop(), Pred, LHS, AR->getPostIncExpr(*this))) 6102 return true; 6103 6104 // Otherwise see what can be done with known constant ranges. 6105 return isKnownPredicateWithRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS); 6106 } 6107 6108 bool 6109 ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicateWithRanges(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, 6110 const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) { 6111 if (HasSameValue(LHS, RHS)) 6112 return ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred); 6113 6114 // This code is split out from isKnownPredicate because it is called from 6115 // within isLoopEntryGuardedByCond. 6116 switch (Pred) { 6117 default: 6118 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected ICmpInst::Predicate value!"); 6119 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: 6120 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT; 6121 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 6122 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: { 6123 ConstantRange LHSRange = getSignedRange(LHS); 6124 ConstantRange RHSRange = getSignedRange(RHS); 6125 if (LHSRange.getSignedMax().slt(RHSRange.getSignedMin())) 6126 return true; 6127 if (LHSRange.getSignedMin().sge(RHSRange.getSignedMax())) 6128 return false; 6129 break; 6130 } 6131 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: 6132 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE; 6133 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 6134 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: { 6135 ConstantRange LHSRange = getSignedRange(LHS); 6136 ConstantRange RHSRange = getSignedRange(RHS); 6137 if (LHSRange.getSignedMax().sle(RHSRange.getSignedMin())) 6138 return true; 6139 if (LHSRange.getSignedMin().sgt(RHSRange.getSignedMax())) 6140 return false; 6141 break; 6142 } 6143 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: 6144 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT; 6145 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 6146 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: { 6147 ConstantRange LHSRange = getUnsignedRange(LHS); 6148 ConstantRange RHSRange = getUnsignedRange(RHS); 6149 if (LHSRange.getUnsignedMax().ult(RHSRange.getUnsignedMin())) 6150 return true; 6151 if (LHSRange.getUnsignedMin().uge(RHSRange.getUnsignedMax())) 6152 return false; 6153 break; 6154 } 6155 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE: 6156 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE; 6157 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 6158 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: { 6159 ConstantRange LHSRange = getUnsignedRange(LHS); 6160 ConstantRange RHSRange = getUnsignedRange(RHS); 6161 if (LHSRange.getUnsignedMax().ule(RHSRange.getUnsignedMin())) 6162 return true; 6163 if (LHSRange.getUnsignedMin().ugt(RHSRange.getUnsignedMax())) 6164 return false; 6165 break; 6166 } 6167 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: { 6168 if (getUnsignedRange(LHS).intersectWith(getUnsignedRange(RHS)).isEmptySet()) 6169 return true; 6170 if (getSignedRange(LHS).intersectWith(getSignedRange(RHS)).isEmptySet()) 6171 return true; 6172 6173 const SCEV *Diff = getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS); 6174 if (isKnownNonZero(Diff)) 6175 return true; 6176 break; 6177 } 6178 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: 6179 // The check at the top of the function catches the case where 6180 // the values are known to be equal. 6181 break; 6182 } 6183 return false; 6184 } 6185 6186 /// isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond - Test whether the backedge of the loop is 6187 /// protected by a conditional between LHS and RHS. This is used to 6188 /// to eliminate casts. 6189 bool 6190 ScalarEvolution::isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(const Loop *L, 6191 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, 6192 const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) { 6193 // Interpret a null as meaning no loop, where there is obviously no guard 6194 // (interprocedural conditions notwithstanding). 6195 if (!L) return true; 6196 6197 BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch(); 6198 if (!Latch) 6199 return false; 6200 6201 BranchInst *LoopContinuePredicate = 6202 dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Latch->getTerminator()); 6203 if (!LoopContinuePredicate || 6204 LoopContinuePredicate->isUnconditional()) 6205 return false; 6206 6207 return isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, 6208 LoopContinuePredicate->getCondition(), 6209 LoopContinuePredicate->getSuccessor(0) != L->getHeader()); 6210 } 6211 6212 /// isLoopEntryGuardedByCond - Test whether entry to the loop is protected 6213 /// by a conditional between LHS and RHS. This is used to help avoid max 6214 /// expressions in loop trip counts, and to eliminate casts. 6215 bool 6216 ScalarEvolution::isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(const Loop *L, 6217 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, 6218 const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) { 6219 // Interpret a null as meaning no loop, where there is obviously no guard 6220 // (interprocedural conditions notwithstanding). 6221 if (!L) return false; 6222 6223 // Starting at the loop predecessor, climb up the predecessor chain, as long 6224 // as there are predecessors that can be found that have unique successors 6225 // leading to the original header. 6226 for (std::pair<BasicBlock *, BasicBlock *> 6227 Pair(L->getLoopPredecessor(), L->getHeader()); 6228 Pair.first; 6229 Pair = getPredecessorWithUniqueSuccessorForBB(Pair.first)) { 6230 6231 BranchInst *LoopEntryPredicate = 6232 dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Pair.first->getTerminator()); 6233 if (!LoopEntryPredicate || 6234 LoopEntryPredicate->isUnconditional()) 6235 continue; 6236 6237 if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, 6238 LoopEntryPredicate->getCondition(), 6239 LoopEntryPredicate->getSuccessor(0) != Pair.second)) 6240 return true; 6241 } 6242 6243 return false; 6244 } 6245 6246 /// RAII wrapper to prevent recursive application of isImpliedCond. 6247 /// ScalarEvolution's PendingLoopPredicates set must be empty unless we are 6248 /// currently evaluating isImpliedCond. 6249 struct MarkPendingLoopPredicate { 6250 Value *Cond; 6251 DenseSet<Value*> &LoopPreds; 6252 bool Pending; 6253 6254 MarkPendingLoopPredicate(Value *C, DenseSet<Value*> &LP) 6255 : Cond(C), LoopPreds(LP) { 6256 Pending = !LoopPreds.insert(Cond).second; 6257 } 6258 ~MarkPendingLoopPredicate() { 6259 if (!Pending) 6260 LoopPreds.erase(Cond); 6261 } 6262 }; 6263 6264 /// isImpliedCond - Test whether the condition described by Pred, LHS, 6265 /// and RHS is true whenever the given Cond value evaluates to true. 6266 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCond(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, 6267 const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS, 6268 Value *FoundCondValue, 6269 bool Inverse) { 6270 MarkPendingLoopPredicate Mark(FoundCondValue, PendingLoopPredicates); 6271 if (Mark.Pending) 6272 return false; 6273 6274 // Recursively handle And and Or conditions. 6275 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(FoundCondValue)) { 6276 if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) { 6277 if (!Inverse) 6278 return isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(0), Inverse) || 6279 isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(1), Inverse); 6280 } else if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) { 6281 if (Inverse) 6282 return isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(0), Inverse) || 6283 isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(1), Inverse); 6284 } 6285 } 6286 6287 ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(FoundCondValue); 6288 if (!ICI) return false; 6289 6290 // Bail if the ICmp's operands' types are wider than the needed type 6291 // before attempting to call getSCEV on them. This avoids infinite 6292 // recursion, since the analysis of widening casts can require loop 6293 // exit condition information for overflow checking, which would 6294 // lead back here. 6295 if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) < 6296 getTypeSizeInBits(ICI->getOperand(0)->getType())) 6297 return false; 6298 6299 // Now that we found a conditional branch that dominates the loop or controls 6300 // the loop latch. Check to see if it is the comparison we are looking for. 6301 ICmpInst::Predicate FoundPred; 6302 if (Inverse) 6303 FoundPred = ICI->getInversePredicate(); 6304 else 6305 FoundPred = ICI->getPredicate(); 6306 6307 const SCEV *FoundLHS = getSCEV(ICI->getOperand(0)); 6308 const SCEV *FoundRHS = getSCEV(ICI->getOperand(1)); 6309 6310 // Balance the types. The case where FoundLHS' type is wider than 6311 // LHS' type is checked for above. 6312 if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) > 6313 getTypeSizeInBits(FoundLHS->getType())) { 6314 if (CmpInst::isSigned(FoundPred)) { 6315 FoundLHS = getSignExtendExpr(FoundLHS, LHS->getType()); 6316 FoundRHS = getSignExtendExpr(FoundRHS, LHS->getType()); 6317 } else { 6318 FoundLHS = getZeroExtendExpr(FoundLHS, LHS->getType()); 6319 FoundRHS = getZeroExtendExpr(FoundRHS, LHS->getType()); 6320 } 6321 } 6322 6323 // Canonicalize the query to match the way instcombine will have 6324 // canonicalized the comparison. 6325 if (SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS)) 6326 if (LHS == RHS) 6327 return CmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred); 6328 if (SimplifyICmpOperands(FoundPred, FoundLHS, FoundRHS)) 6329 if (FoundLHS == FoundRHS) 6330 return CmpInst::isFalseWhenEqual(FoundPred); 6331 6332 // Check to see if we can make the LHS or RHS match. 6333 if (LHS == FoundRHS || RHS == FoundLHS) { 6334 if (isa<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) { 6335 std::swap(FoundLHS, FoundRHS); 6336 FoundPred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(FoundPred); 6337 } else { 6338 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 6339 Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred); 6340 } 6341 } 6342 6343 // Check whether the found predicate is the same as the desired predicate. 6344 if (FoundPred == Pred) 6345 return isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS); 6346 6347 // Check whether swapping the found predicate makes it the same as the 6348 // desired predicate. 6349 if (ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(FoundPred) == Pred) { 6350 if (isa<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) 6351 return isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundRHS, FoundLHS); 6352 else 6353 return isImpliedCondOperands(ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred), 6354 RHS, LHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS); 6355 } 6356 6357 // Check whether the actual condition is beyond sufficient. 6358 if (FoundPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ) 6359 if (ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred)) 6360 if (isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS)) 6361 return true; 6362 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE) 6363 if (!ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(FoundPred)) 6364 if (isImpliedCondOperands(FoundPred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS)) 6365 return true; 6366 6367 // Otherwise assume the worst. 6368 return false; 6369 } 6370 6371 /// isImpliedCondOperands - Test whether the condition described by Pred, 6372 /// LHS, and RHS is true whenever the condition described by Pred, FoundLHS, 6373 /// and FoundRHS is true. 6374 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperands(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, 6375 const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS, 6376 const SCEV *FoundLHS, 6377 const SCEV *FoundRHS) { 6378 return isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(Pred, LHS, RHS, 6379 FoundLHS, FoundRHS) || 6380 // ~x < ~y --> x > y 6381 isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(Pred, LHS, RHS, 6382 getNotSCEV(FoundRHS), 6383 getNotSCEV(FoundLHS)); 6384 } 6385 6386 /// isImpliedCondOperandsHelper - Test whether the condition described by 6387 /// Pred, LHS, and RHS is true whenever the condition described by Pred, 6388 /// FoundLHS, and FoundRHS is true. 6389 bool 6390 ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, 6391 const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS, 6392 const SCEV *FoundLHS, 6393 const SCEV *FoundRHS) { 6394 switch (Pred) { 6395 default: llvm_unreachable("Unexpected ICmpInst::Predicate value!"); 6396 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: 6397 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: 6398 if (HasSameValue(LHS, FoundLHS) && HasSameValue(RHS, FoundRHS)) 6399 return true; 6400 break; 6401 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: 6402 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: 6403 if (isKnownPredicateWithRanges(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, LHS, FoundLHS) && 6404 isKnownPredicateWithRanges(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, RHS, FoundRHS)) 6405 return true; 6406 break; 6407 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: 6408 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: 6409 if (isKnownPredicateWithRanges(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, LHS, FoundLHS) && 6410 isKnownPredicateWithRanges(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, RHS, FoundRHS)) 6411 return true; 6412 break; 6413 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: 6414 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: 6415 if (isKnownPredicateWithRanges(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, LHS, FoundLHS) && 6416 isKnownPredicateWithRanges(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, RHS, FoundRHS)) 6417 return true; 6418 break; 6419 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: 6420 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE: 6421 if (isKnownPredicateWithRanges(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, LHS, FoundLHS) && 6422 isKnownPredicateWithRanges(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, RHS, FoundRHS)) 6423 return true; 6424 break; 6425 } 6426 6427 return false; 6428 } 6429 6430 // Verify if an linear IV with positive stride can overflow when in a 6431 // less-than comparison, knowing the invariant term of the comparison, the 6432 // stride and the knowledge of NSW/NUW flags on the recurrence. 6433 bool ScalarEvolution::doesIVOverflowOnLT(const SCEV *RHS, const SCEV *Stride, 6434 bool IsSigned, bool NoWrap) { 6435 if (NoWrap) return false; 6436 6437 unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType()); 6438 const SCEV *One = getConstant(Stride->getType(), 1); 6439 6440 if (IsSigned) { 6441 APInt MaxRHS = getSignedRange(RHS).getSignedMax(); 6442 APInt MaxValue = APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth); 6443 APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getSignedRange(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One)) 6444 .getSignedMax(); 6445 6446 // SMaxRHS + SMaxStrideMinusOne > SMaxValue => overflow! 6447 return (MaxValue - MaxStrideMinusOne).slt(MaxRHS); 6448 } 6449 6450 APInt MaxRHS = getUnsignedRange(RHS).getUnsignedMax(); 6451 APInt MaxValue = APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth); 6452 APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getUnsignedRange(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One)) 6453 .getUnsignedMax(); 6454 6455 // UMaxRHS + UMaxStrideMinusOne > UMaxValue => overflow! 6456 return (MaxValue - MaxStrideMinusOne).ult(MaxRHS); 6457 } 6458 6459 // Verify if an linear IV with negative stride can overflow when in a 6460 // greater-than comparison, knowing the invariant term of the comparison, 6461 // the stride and the knowledge of NSW/NUW flags on the recurrence. 6462 bool ScalarEvolution::doesIVOverflowOnGT(const SCEV *RHS, const SCEV *Stride, 6463 bool IsSigned, bool NoWrap) { 6464 if (NoWrap) return false; 6465 6466 unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType()); 6467 const SCEV *One = getConstant(Stride->getType(), 1); 6468 6469 if (IsSigned) { 6470 APInt MinRHS = getSignedRange(RHS).getSignedMin(); 6471 APInt MinValue = APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth); 6472 APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getSignedRange(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One)) 6473 .getSignedMax(); 6474 6475 // SMinRHS - SMaxStrideMinusOne < SMinValue => overflow! 6476 return (MinValue + MaxStrideMinusOne).sgt(MinRHS); 6477 } 6478 6479 APInt MinRHS = getUnsignedRange(RHS).getUnsignedMin(); 6480 APInt MinValue = APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth); 6481 APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getUnsignedRange(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One)) 6482 .getUnsignedMax(); 6483 6484 // UMinRHS - UMaxStrideMinusOne < UMinValue => overflow! 6485 return (MinValue + MaxStrideMinusOne).ugt(MinRHS); 6486 } 6487 6488 // Compute the backedge taken count knowing the interval difference, the 6489 // stride and presence of the equality in the comparison. 6490 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::computeBECount(const SCEV *Delta, const SCEV *Step, 6491 bool Equality) { 6492 const SCEV *One = getConstant(Step->getType(), 1); 6493 Delta = Equality ? getAddExpr(Delta, Step) 6494 : getAddExpr(Delta, getMinusSCEV(Step, One)); 6495 return getUDivExpr(Delta, Step); 6496 } 6497 6498 /// HowManyLessThans - Return the number of times a backedge containing the 6499 /// specified less-than comparison will execute. If not computable, return 6500 /// CouldNotCompute. 6501 /// 6502 /// @param IsSubExpr is true when the LHS < RHS condition does not directly 6503 /// control the branch. In this case, we can only compute an iteration count for 6504 /// a subexpression that cannot overflow before evaluating true. 6505 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit 6506 ScalarEvolution::HowManyLessThans(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS, 6507 const Loop *L, bool IsSigned, 6508 bool IsSubExpr) { 6509 // We handle only IV < Invariant 6510 if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS, L)) 6511 return getCouldNotCompute(); 6512 6513 const SCEVAddRecExpr *IV = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS); 6514 6515 // Avoid weird loops 6516 if (!IV || IV->getLoop() != L || !IV->isAffine()) 6517 return getCouldNotCompute(); 6518 6519 bool NoWrap = !IsSubExpr && 6520 IV->getNoWrapFlags(IsSigned ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagNUW); 6521 6522 const SCEV *Stride = IV->getStepRecurrence(*this); 6523 6524 // Avoid negative or zero stride values 6525 if (!isKnownPositive(Stride)) 6526 return getCouldNotCompute(); 6527 6528 // Avoid proven overflow cases: this will ensure that the backedge taken count 6529 // will not generate any unsigned overflow. Relaxed no-overflow conditions 6530 // exploit NoWrapFlags, allowing to optimize in presence of undefined 6531 // behaviors like the case of C language. 6532 if (!Stride->isOne() && doesIVOverflowOnLT(RHS, Stride, IsSigned, NoWrap)) 6533 return getCouldNotCompute(); 6534 6535 ICmpInst::Predicate Cond = IsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT 6536 : ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT; 6537 const SCEV *Start = IV->getStart(); 6538 const SCEV *End = RHS; 6539 if (!isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Cond, getMinusSCEV(Start, Stride), RHS)) 6540 End = IsSigned ? getSMaxExpr(RHS, Start) 6541 : getUMaxExpr(RHS, Start); 6542 6543 const SCEV *BECount = computeBECount(getMinusSCEV(End, Start), Stride, false); 6544 6545 APInt MinStart = IsSigned ? getSignedRange(Start).getSignedMin() 6546 : getUnsignedRange(Start).getUnsignedMin(); 6547 6548 APInt MinStride = IsSigned ? getSignedRange(Stride).getSignedMin() 6549 : getUnsignedRange(Stride).getUnsignedMin(); 6550 6551 unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()); 6552 APInt Limit = IsSigned ? APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth) - (MinStride - 1) 6553 : APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth) - (MinStride - 1); 6554 6555 // Although End can be a MAX expression we estimate MaxEnd considering only 6556 // the case End = RHS. This is safe because in the other case (End - Start) 6557 // is zero, leading to a zero maximum backedge taken count. 6558 APInt MaxEnd = 6559 IsSigned ? APIntOps::smin(getSignedRange(RHS).getSignedMax(), Limit) 6560 : APIntOps::umin(getUnsignedRange(RHS).getUnsignedMax(), Limit); 6561 6562 const SCEV *MaxBECount = getCouldNotCompute(); 6563 if (isa<SCEVConstant>(BECount)) 6564 MaxBECount = BECount; 6565 else 6566 MaxBECount = computeBECount(getConstant(MaxEnd - MinStart), 6567 getConstant(MinStride), false); 6568 6569 if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount)) 6570 MaxBECount = BECount; 6571 6572 return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount, /*MustExit=*/true); 6573 } 6574 6575 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit 6576 ScalarEvolution::HowManyGreaterThans(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS, 6577 const Loop *L, bool IsSigned, 6578 bool IsSubExpr) { 6579 // We handle only IV > Invariant 6580 if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS, L)) 6581 return getCouldNotCompute(); 6582 6583 const SCEVAddRecExpr *IV = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS); 6584 6585 // Avoid weird loops 6586 if (!IV || IV->getLoop() != L || !IV->isAffine()) 6587 return getCouldNotCompute(); 6588 6589 bool NoWrap = !IsSubExpr && 6590 IV->getNoWrapFlags(IsSigned ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagNUW); 6591 6592 const SCEV *Stride = getNegativeSCEV(IV->getStepRecurrence(*this)); 6593 6594 // Avoid negative or zero stride values 6595 if (!isKnownPositive(Stride)) 6596 return getCouldNotCompute(); 6597 6598 // Avoid proven overflow cases: this will ensure that the backedge taken count 6599 // will not generate any unsigned overflow. Relaxed no-overflow conditions 6600 // exploit NoWrapFlags, allowing to optimize in presence of undefined 6601 // behaviors like the case of C language. 6602 if (!Stride->isOne() && doesIVOverflowOnGT(RHS, Stride, IsSigned, NoWrap)) 6603 return getCouldNotCompute(); 6604 6605 ICmpInst::Predicate Cond = IsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT 6606 : ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT; 6607 6608 const SCEV *Start = IV->getStart(); 6609 const SCEV *End = RHS; 6610 if (!isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Cond, getAddExpr(Start, Stride), RHS)) 6611 End = IsSigned ? getSMinExpr(RHS, Start) 6612 : getUMinExpr(RHS, Start); 6613 6614 const SCEV *BECount = computeBECount(getMinusSCEV(Start, End), Stride, false); 6615 6616 APInt MaxStart = IsSigned ? getSignedRange(Start).getSignedMax() 6617 : getUnsignedRange(Start).getUnsignedMax(); 6618 6619 APInt MinStride = IsSigned ? getSignedRange(Stride).getSignedMin() 6620 : getUnsignedRange(Stride).getUnsignedMin(); 6621 6622 unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()); 6623 APInt Limit = IsSigned ? APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth) + (MinStride - 1) 6624 : APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth) + (MinStride - 1); 6625 6626 // Although End can be a MIN expression we estimate MinEnd considering only 6627 // the case End = RHS. This is safe because in the other case (Start - End) 6628 // is zero, leading to a zero maximum backedge taken count. 6629 APInt MinEnd = 6630 IsSigned ? APIntOps::smax(getSignedRange(RHS).getSignedMin(), Limit) 6631 : APIntOps::umax(getUnsignedRange(RHS).getUnsignedMin(), Limit); 6632 6633 6634 const SCEV *MaxBECount = getCouldNotCompute(); 6635 if (isa<SCEVConstant>(BECount)) 6636 MaxBECount = BECount; 6637 else 6638 MaxBECount = computeBECount(getConstant(MaxStart - MinEnd), 6639 getConstant(MinStride), false); 6640 6641 if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount)) 6642 MaxBECount = BECount; 6643 6644 return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount, /*MustExit=*/true); 6645 } 6646 6647 /// getNumIterationsInRange - Return the number of iterations of this loop that 6648 /// produce values in the specified constant range. Another way of looking at 6649 /// this is that it returns the first iteration number where the value is not in 6650 /// the condition, thus computing the exit count. If the iteration count can't 6651 /// be computed, an instance of SCEVCouldNotCompute is returned. 6652 const SCEV *SCEVAddRecExpr::getNumIterationsInRange(ConstantRange Range, 6653 ScalarEvolution &SE) const { 6654 if (Range.isFullSet()) // Infinite loop. 6655 return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); 6656 6657 // If the start is a non-zero constant, shift the range to simplify things. 6658 if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(getStart())) 6659 if (!SC->getValue()->isZero()) { 6660 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands(op_begin(), op_end()); 6661 Operands[0] = SE.getConstant(SC->getType(), 0); 6662 const SCEV *Shifted = SE.getAddRecExpr(Operands, getLoop(), 6663 getNoWrapFlags(FlagNW)); 6664 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *ShiftedAddRec = 6665 dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Shifted)) 6666 return ShiftedAddRec->getNumIterationsInRange( 6667 Range.subtract(SC->getValue()->getValue()), SE); 6668 // This is strange and shouldn't happen. 6669 return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); 6670 } 6671 6672 // The only time we can solve this is when we have all constant indices. 6673 // Otherwise, we cannot determine the overflow conditions. 6674 for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 6675 if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(getOperand(i))) 6676 return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); 6677 6678 6679 // Okay at this point we know that all elements of the chrec are constants and 6680 // that the start element is zero. 6681 6682 // First check to see if the range contains zero. If not, the first 6683 // iteration exits. 6684 unsigned BitWidth = SE.getTypeSizeInBits(getType()); 6685 if (!Range.contains(APInt(BitWidth, 0))) 6686 return SE.getConstant(getType(), 0); 6687 6688 if (isAffine()) { 6689 // If this is an affine expression then we have this situation: 6690 // Solve {0,+,A} in Range === Ax in Range 6691 6692 // We know that zero is in the range. If A is positive then we know that 6693 // the upper value of the range must be the first possible exit value. 6694 // If A is negative then the lower of the range is the last possible loop 6695 // value. Also note that we already checked for a full range. 6696 APInt One(BitWidth,1); 6697 APInt A = cast<SCEVConstant>(getOperand(1))->getValue()->getValue(); 6698 APInt End = A.sge(One) ? (Range.getUpper() - One) : Range.getLower(); 6699 6700 // The exit value should be (End+A)/A. 6701 APInt ExitVal = (End + A).udiv(A); 6702 ConstantInt *ExitValue = ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), ExitVal); 6703 6704 // Evaluate at the exit value. If we really did fall out of the valid 6705 // range, then we computed our trip count, otherwise wrap around or other 6706 // things must have happened. 6707 ConstantInt *Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, ExitValue, SE); 6708 if (Range.contains(Val->getValue())) 6709 return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); // Something strange happened 6710 6711 // Ensure that the previous value is in the range. This is a sanity check. 6712 assert(Range.contains( 6713 EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, 6714 ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), ExitVal - One), SE)->getValue()) && 6715 "Linear scev computation is off in a bad way!"); 6716 return SE.getConstant(ExitValue); 6717 } else if (isQuadratic()) { 6718 // If this is a quadratic (3-term) AddRec {L,+,M,+,N}, find the roots of the 6719 // quadratic equation to solve it. To do this, we must frame our problem in 6720 // terms of figuring out when zero is crossed, instead of when 6721 // Range.getUpper() is crossed. 6722 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewOps(op_begin(), op_end()); 6723 NewOps[0] = SE.getNegativeSCEV(SE.getConstant(Range.getUpper())); 6724 const SCEV *NewAddRec = SE.getAddRecExpr(NewOps, getLoop(), 6725 // getNoWrapFlags(FlagNW) 6726 FlagAnyWrap); 6727 6728 // Next, solve the constructed addrec 6729 std::pair<const SCEV *,const SCEV *> Roots = 6730 SolveQuadraticEquation(cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(NewAddRec), SE); 6731 const SCEVConstant *R1 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Roots.first); 6732 const SCEVConstant *R2 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Roots.second); 6733 if (R1) { 6734 // Pick the smallest positive root value. 6735 if (ConstantInt *CB = 6736 dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getICmp(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, 6737 R1->getValue(), R2->getValue()))) { 6738 if (CB->getZExtValue() == false) 6739 std::swap(R1, R2); // R1 is the minimum root now. 6740 6741 // Make sure the root is not off by one. The returned iteration should 6742 // not be in the range, but the previous one should be. When solving 6743 // for "X*X < 5", for example, we should not return a root of 2. 6744 ConstantInt *R1Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, 6745 R1->getValue(), 6746 SE); 6747 if (Range.contains(R1Val->getValue())) { 6748 // The next iteration must be out of the range... 6749 ConstantInt *NextVal = 6750 ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), R1->getValue()->getValue()+1); 6751 6752 R1Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, NextVal, SE); 6753 if (!Range.contains(R1Val->getValue())) 6754 return SE.getConstant(NextVal); 6755 return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); // Something strange happened 6756 } 6757 6758 // If R1 was not in the range, then it is a good return value. Make 6759 // sure that R1-1 WAS in the range though, just in case. 6760 ConstantInt *NextVal = 6761 ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), R1->getValue()->getValue()-1); 6762 R1Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, NextVal, SE); 6763 if (Range.contains(R1Val->getValue())) 6764 return R1; 6765 return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); // Something strange happened 6766 } 6767 } 6768 } 6769 6770 return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); 6771 } 6772 6773 static const APInt srem(const SCEVConstant *C1, const SCEVConstant *C2) { 6774 APInt A = C1->getValue()->getValue(); 6775 APInt B = C2->getValue()->getValue(); 6776 uint32_t ABW = A.getBitWidth(); 6777 uint32_t BBW = B.getBitWidth(); 6778 6779 if (ABW > BBW) 6780 B = B.sext(ABW); 6781 else if (ABW < BBW) 6782 A = A.sext(BBW); 6783 6784 return APIntOps::srem(A, B); 6785 } 6786 6787 static const APInt sdiv(const SCEVConstant *C1, const SCEVConstant *C2) { 6788 APInt A = C1->getValue()->getValue(); 6789 APInt B = C2->getValue()->getValue(); 6790 uint32_t ABW = A.getBitWidth(); 6791 uint32_t BBW = B.getBitWidth(); 6792 6793 if (ABW > BBW) 6794 B = B.sext(ABW); 6795 else if (ABW < BBW) 6796 A = A.sext(BBW); 6797 6798 return APIntOps::sdiv(A, B); 6799 } 6800 6801 namespace { 6802 struct SCEVGCD : public SCEVVisitor<SCEVGCD, const SCEV *> { 6803 public: 6804 // Pattern match Step into Start. When Step is a multiply expression, find 6805 // the largest subexpression of Step that appears in Start. When Start is an 6806 // add expression, try to match Step in the subexpressions of Start, non 6807 // matching subexpressions are returned under Remainder. 6808 static const SCEV *findGCD(ScalarEvolution &SE, const SCEV *Start, 6809 const SCEV *Step, const SCEV **Remainder) { 6810 assert(Remainder && "Remainder should not be NULL"); 6811 SCEVGCD R(SE, Step, SE.getConstant(Step->getType(), 0)); 6812 const SCEV *Res = R.visit(Start); 6813 *Remainder = R.Remainder; 6814 return Res; 6815 } 6816 6817 SCEVGCD(ScalarEvolution &S, const SCEV *G, const SCEV *R) 6818 : SE(S), GCD(G), Remainder(R) { 6819 Zero = SE.getConstant(GCD->getType(), 0); 6820 One = SE.getConstant(GCD->getType(), 1); 6821 } 6822 6823 const SCEV *visitConstant(const SCEVConstant *Constant) { 6824 if (GCD == Constant || Constant == Zero) 6825 return GCD; 6826 6827 if (const SCEVConstant *CGCD = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(GCD)) { 6828 const SCEV *Res = SE.getConstant(gcd(Constant, CGCD)); 6829 if (Res != One) 6830 return Res; 6831 6832 Remainder = SE.getConstant(srem(Constant, CGCD)); 6833 Constant = cast<SCEVConstant>(SE.getMinusSCEV(Constant, Remainder)); 6834 Res = SE.getConstant(gcd(Constant, CGCD)); 6835 return Res; 6836 } 6837 6838 // When GCD is not a constant, it could be that the GCD is an Add, Mul, 6839 // AddRec, etc., in which case we want to find out how many times the 6840 // Constant divides the GCD: we then return that as the new GCD. 6841 const SCEV *Rem = Zero; 6842 const SCEV *Res = findGCD(SE, GCD, Constant, &Rem); 6843 6844 if (Res == One || Rem != Zero) { 6845 Remainder = Constant; 6846 return One; 6847 } 6848 6849 assert(isa<SCEVConstant>(Res) && "Res should be a constant"); 6850 Remainder = SE.getConstant(srem(Constant, cast<SCEVConstant>(Res))); 6851 return Res; 6852 } 6853 6854 const SCEV *visitTruncateExpr(const SCEVTruncateExpr *Expr) { 6855 if (GCD != Expr) 6856 Remainder = Expr; 6857 return GCD; 6858 } 6859 6860 const SCEV *visitZeroExtendExpr(const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Expr) { 6861 if (GCD != Expr) 6862 Remainder = Expr; 6863 return GCD; 6864 } 6865 6866 const SCEV *visitSignExtendExpr(const SCEVSignExtendExpr *Expr) { 6867 if (GCD != Expr) 6868 Remainder = Expr; 6869 return GCD; 6870 } 6871 6872 const SCEV *visitAddExpr(const SCEVAddExpr *Expr) { 6873 if (GCD == Expr) 6874 return GCD; 6875 6876 for (int i = 0, e = Expr->getNumOperands(); i < e; ++i) { 6877 const SCEV *Rem = Zero; 6878 const SCEV *Res = findGCD(SE, Expr->getOperand(e - 1 - i), GCD, &Rem); 6879 6880 // FIXME: There may be ambiguous situations: for instance, 6881 // GCD(-4 + (3 * %m), 2 * %m) where 2 divides -4 and %m divides (3 * %m). 6882 // The order in which the AddExpr is traversed computes a different GCD 6883 // and Remainder. 6884 if (Res != One) 6885 GCD = Res; 6886 if (Rem != Zero) 6887 Remainder = SE.getAddExpr(Remainder, Rem); 6888 } 6889 6890 return GCD; 6891 } 6892 6893 const SCEV *visitMulExpr(const SCEVMulExpr *Expr) { 6894 if (GCD == Expr) 6895 return GCD; 6896 6897 for (int i = 0, e = Expr->getNumOperands(); i < e; ++i) { 6898 if (Expr->getOperand(i) == GCD) 6899 return GCD; 6900 } 6901 6902 // If we have not returned yet, it means that GCD is not part of Expr. 6903 const SCEV *PartialGCD = One; 6904 for (int i = 0, e = Expr->getNumOperands(); i < e; ++i) { 6905 const SCEV *Rem = Zero; 6906 const SCEV *Res = findGCD(SE, Expr->getOperand(i), GCD, &Rem); 6907 if (Rem != Zero) 6908 // GCD does not divide Expr->getOperand(i). 6909 continue; 6910 6911 if (Res == GCD) 6912 return GCD; 6913 PartialGCD = SE.getMulExpr(PartialGCD, Res); 6914 if (PartialGCD == GCD) 6915 return GCD; 6916 } 6917 6918 if (PartialGCD != One) 6919 return PartialGCD; 6920 6921 Remainder = Expr; 6922 const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(GCD); 6923 if (!Mul) 6924 return PartialGCD; 6925 6926 // When the GCD is a multiply expression, try to decompose it: 6927 // this occurs when Step does not divide the Start expression 6928 // as in: {(-4 + (3 * %m)),+,(2 * %m)} 6929 for (int i = 0, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); i < e; ++i) { 6930 const SCEV *Rem = Zero; 6931 const SCEV *Res = findGCD(SE, Expr, Mul->getOperand(i), &Rem); 6932 if (Rem == Zero) { 6933 Remainder = Rem; 6934 return Res; 6935 } 6936 } 6937 6938 return PartialGCD; 6939 } 6940 6941 const SCEV *visitUDivExpr(const SCEVUDivExpr *Expr) { 6942 if (GCD != Expr) 6943 Remainder = Expr; 6944 return GCD; 6945 } 6946 6947 const SCEV *visitAddRecExpr(const SCEVAddRecExpr *Expr) { 6948 if (GCD == Expr) 6949 return GCD; 6950 6951 if (!Expr->isAffine()) { 6952 Remainder = Expr; 6953 return GCD; 6954 } 6955 6956 const SCEV *Rem = Zero; 6957 const SCEV *Res = findGCD(SE, Expr->getOperand(0), GCD, &Rem); 6958 if (Rem != Zero) 6959 Remainder = SE.getAddExpr(Remainder, Rem); 6960 6961 Rem = Zero; 6962 Res = findGCD(SE, Expr->getOperand(1), Res, &Rem); 6963 if (Rem != Zero) { 6964 Remainder = Expr; 6965 return GCD; 6966 } 6967 6968 return Res; 6969 } 6970 6971 const SCEV *visitSMaxExpr(const SCEVSMaxExpr *Expr) { 6972 if (GCD != Expr) 6973 Remainder = Expr; 6974 return GCD; 6975 } 6976 6977 const SCEV *visitUMaxExpr(const SCEVUMaxExpr *Expr) { 6978 if (GCD != Expr) 6979 Remainder = Expr; 6980 return GCD; 6981 } 6982 6983 const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) { 6984 if (GCD != Expr) 6985 Remainder = Expr; 6986 return GCD; 6987 } 6988 6989 const SCEV *visitCouldNotCompute(const SCEVCouldNotCompute *Expr) { 6990 return One; 6991 } 6992 6993 private: 6994 ScalarEvolution &SE; 6995 const SCEV *GCD, *Remainder, *Zero, *One; 6996 }; 6997 6998 struct SCEVDivision : public SCEVVisitor<SCEVDivision, const SCEV *> { 6999 public: 7000 // Remove from Start all multiples of Step. 7001 static const SCEV *divide(ScalarEvolution &SE, const SCEV *Start, 7002 const SCEV *Step) { 7003 SCEVDivision D(SE, Step); 7004 const SCEV *Rem = D.Zero; 7005 (void)Rem; 7006 // The division is guaranteed to succeed: Step should divide Start with no 7007 // remainder. 7008 assert(Step == SCEVGCD::findGCD(SE, Start, Step, &Rem) && Rem == D.Zero && 7009 "Step should divide Start with no remainder."); 7010 return D.visit(Start); 7011 } 7012 7013 SCEVDivision(ScalarEvolution &S, const SCEV *G) : SE(S), GCD(G) { 7014 Zero = SE.getConstant(GCD->getType(), 0); 7015 One = SE.getConstant(GCD->getType(), 1); 7016 } 7017 7018 const SCEV *visitConstant(const SCEVConstant *Constant) { 7019 if (GCD == Constant) 7020 return One; 7021 7022 if (const SCEVConstant *CGCD = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(GCD)) 7023 return SE.getConstant(sdiv(Constant, CGCD)); 7024 return Constant; 7025 } 7026 7027 const SCEV *visitTruncateExpr(const SCEVTruncateExpr *Expr) { 7028 if (GCD == Expr) 7029 return One; 7030 return Expr; 7031 } 7032 7033 const SCEV *visitZeroExtendExpr(const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Expr) { 7034 if (GCD == Expr) 7035 return One; 7036 return Expr; 7037 } 7038 7039 const SCEV *visitSignExtendExpr(const SCEVSignExtendExpr *Expr) { 7040 if (GCD == Expr) 7041 return One; 7042 return Expr; 7043 } 7044 7045 const SCEV *visitAddExpr(const SCEVAddExpr *Expr) { 7046 if (GCD == Expr) 7047 return One; 7048 7049 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands; 7050 for (int i = 0, e = Expr->getNumOperands(); i < e; ++i) 7051 Operands.push_back(divide(SE, Expr->getOperand(i), GCD)); 7052 7053 if (Operands.size() == 1) 7054 return Operands[0]; 7055 return SE.getAddExpr(Operands); 7056 } 7057 7058 const SCEV *visitMulExpr(const SCEVMulExpr *Expr) { 7059 if (GCD == Expr) 7060 return One; 7061 7062 bool FoundGCDTerm = false; 7063 for (int i = 0, e = Expr->getNumOperands(); i < e; ++i) 7064 if (Expr->getOperand(i) == GCD) 7065 FoundGCDTerm = true; 7066 7067 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands; 7068 if (FoundGCDTerm) { 7069 FoundGCDTerm = false; 7070 for (int i = 0, e = Expr->getNumOperands(); i < e; ++i) { 7071 if (FoundGCDTerm) 7072 Operands.push_back(Expr->getOperand(i)); 7073 else if (Expr->getOperand(i) == GCD) 7074 FoundGCDTerm = true; 7075 else 7076 Operands.push_back(Expr->getOperand(i)); 7077 } 7078 } else { 7079 FoundGCDTerm = false; 7080 const SCEV *PartialGCD = One; 7081 for (int i = 0, e = Expr->getNumOperands(); i < e; ++i) { 7082 if (PartialGCD == GCD) { 7083 Operands.push_back(Expr->getOperand(i)); 7084 continue; 7085 } 7086 7087 const SCEV *Rem = Zero; 7088 const SCEV *Res = SCEVGCD::findGCD(SE, Expr->getOperand(i), GCD, &Rem); 7089 if (Rem == Zero) { 7090 PartialGCD = SE.getMulExpr(PartialGCD, Res); 7091 Operands.push_back(divide(SE, Expr->getOperand(i), GCD)); 7092 } else { 7093 Operands.push_back(Expr->getOperand(i)); 7094 } 7095 } 7096 } 7097 7098 if (Operands.size() == 1) 7099 return Operands[0]; 7100 return SE.getMulExpr(Operands); 7101 } 7102 7103 const SCEV *visitUDivExpr(const SCEVUDivExpr *Expr) { 7104 if (GCD == Expr) 7105 return One; 7106 return Expr; 7107 } 7108 7109 const SCEV *visitAddRecExpr(const SCEVAddRecExpr *Expr) { 7110 if (GCD == Expr) 7111 return One; 7112 7113 assert(Expr->isAffine() && "Expr should be affine"); 7114 7115 const SCEV *Start = divide(SE, Expr->getStart(), GCD); 7116 const SCEV *Step = divide(SE, Expr->getStepRecurrence(SE), GCD); 7117 7118 return SE.getAddRecExpr(Start, Step, Expr->getLoop(), 7119 Expr->getNoWrapFlags()); 7120 } 7121 7122 const SCEV *visitSMaxExpr(const SCEVSMaxExpr *Expr) { 7123 if (GCD == Expr) 7124 return One; 7125 return Expr; 7126 } 7127 7128 const SCEV *visitUMaxExpr(const SCEVUMaxExpr *Expr) { 7129 if (GCD == Expr) 7130 return One; 7131 return Expr; 7132 } 7133 7134 const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) { 7135 if (GCD == Expr) 7136 return One; 7137 return Expr; 7138 } 7139 7140 const SCEV *visitCouldNotCompute(const SCEVCouldNotCompute *Expr) { 7141 return Expr; 7142 } 7143 7144 private: 7145 ScalarEvolution &SE; 7146 const SCEV *GCD, *Zero, *One; 7147 }; 7148 } 7149 7150 /// Splits the SCEV into two vectors of SCEVs representing the subscripts and 7151 /// sizes of an array access. Returns the remainder of the delinearization that 7152 /// is the offset start of the array. The SCEV->delinearize algorithm computes 7153 /// the multiples of SCEV coefficients: that is a pattern matching of sub 7154 /// expressions in the stride and base of a SCEV corresponding to the 7155 /// computation of a GCD (greatest common divisor) of base and stride. When 7156 /// SCEV->delinearize fails, it returns the SCEV unchanged. 7157 /// 7158 /// For example: when analyzing the memory access A[i][j][k] in this loop nest 7159 /// 7160 /// void foo(long n, long m, long o, double A[n][m][o]) { 7161 /// 7162 /// for (long i = 0; i < n; i++) 7163 /// for (long j = 0; j < m; j++) 7164 /// for (long k = 0; k < o; k++) 7165 /// A[i][j][k] = 1.0; 7166 /// } 7167 /// 7168 /// the delinearization input is the following AddRec SCEV: 7169 /// 7170 /// AddRec: {{{%A,+,(8 * %m * %o)}<%for.i>,+,(8 * %o)}<%for.j>,+,8}<%for.k> 7171 /// 7172 /// From this SCEV, we are able to say that the base offset of the access is %A 7173 /// because it appears as an offset that does not divide any of the strides in 7174 /// the loops: 7175 /// 7176 /// CHECK: Base offset: %A 7177 /// 7178 /// and then SCEV->delinearize determines the size of some of the dimensions of 7179 /// the array as these are the multiples by which the strides are happening: 7180 /// 7181 /// CHECK: ArrayDecl[UnknownSize][%m][%o] with elements of sizeof(double) bytes. 7182 /// 7183 /// Note that the outermost dimension remains of UnknownSize because there are 7184 /// no strides that would help identifying the size of the last dimension: when 7185 /// the array has been statically allocated, one could compute the size of that 7186 /// dimension by dividing the overall size of the array by the size of the known 7187 /// dimensions: %m * %o * 8. 7188 /// 7189 /// Finally delinearize provides the access functions for the array reference 7190 /// that does correspond to A[i][j][k] of the above C testcase: 7191 /// 7192 /// CHECK: ArrayRef[{0,+,1}<%for.i>][{0,+,1}<%for.j>][{0,+,1}<%for.k>] 7193 /// 7194 /// The testcases are checking the output of a function pass: 7195 /// DelinearizationPass that walks through all loads and stores of a function 7196 /// asking for the SCEV of the memory access with respect to all enclosing 7197 /// loops, calling SCEV->delinearize on that and printing the results. 7198 7199 const SCEV * 7200 SCEVAddRecExpr::delinearize(ScalarEvolution &SE, 7201 SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Subscripts, 7202 SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes) const { 7203 // Early exit in case this SCEV is not an affine multivariate function. 7204 if (!this->isAffine()) 7205 return this; 7206 7207 const SCEV *Start = this->getStart(); 7208 const SCEV *Step = this->getStepRecurrence(SE); 7209 7210 // Build the SCEV representation of the canonical induction variable in the 7211 // loop of this SCEV. 7212 const SCEV *Zero = SE.getConstant(this->getType(), 0); 7213 const SCEV *One = SE.getConstant(this->getType(), 1); 7214 const SCEV *IV = 7215 SE.getAddRecExpr(Zero, One, this->getLoop(), this->getNoWrapFlags()); 7216 7217 DEBUG(dbgs() << "(delinearize: " << *this << "\n"); 7218 7219 // Currently we fail to delinearize when the stride of this SCEV is 1. We 7220 // could decide to not fail in this case: we could just return 1 for the size 7221 // of the subscript, and this same SCEV for the access function. 7222 if (Step == One) { 7223 DEBUG(dbgs() << "failed to delinearize " << *this << "\n)\n"); 7224 return this; 7225 } 7226 7227 // Find the GCD and Remainder of the Start and Step coefficients of this SCEV. 7228 const SCEV *Remainder = NULL; 7229 const SCEV *GCD = SCEVGCD::findGCD(SE, Start, Step, &Remainder); 7230 7231 DEBUG(dbgs() << "GCD: " << *GCD << "\n"); 7232 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Remainder: " << *Remainder << "\n"); 7233 7234 // Same remark as above: we currently fail the delinearization, although we 7235 // can very well handle this special case. 7236 if (GCD == One) { 7237 DEBUG(dbgs() << "failed to delinearize " << *this << "\n)\n"); 7238 return this; 7239 } 7240 7241 // As findGCD computed Remainder, GCD divides "Start - Remainder." The 7242 // Quotient is then this SCEV without Remainder, scaled down by the GCD. The 7243 // Quotient is what will be used in the next subscript delinearization. 7244 const SCEV *Quotient = 7245 SCEVDivision::divide(SE, SE.getMinusSCEV(Start, Remainder), GCD); 7246 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Quotient: " << *Quotient << "\n"); 7247 7248 const SCEV *Rem; 7249 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Quotient)) 7250 // Recursively call delinearize on the Quotient until there are no more 7251 // multiples that can be recognized. 7252 Rem = AR->delinearize(SE, Subscripts, Sizes); 7253 else 7254 Rem = Quotient; 7255 7256 // Scale up the canonical induction variable IV by whatever remains from the 7257 // Step after division by the GCD: the GCD is the size of all the sub-array. 7258 if (Step != GCD) { 7259 Step = SCEVDivision::divide(SE, Step, GCD); 7260 IV = SE.getMulExpr(IV, Step); 7261 } 7262 // The access function in the current subscript is computed as the canonical 7263 // induction variable IV (potentially scaled up by the step) and offset by 7264 // Rem, the offset of delinearization in the sub-array. 7265 const SCEV *Index = SE.getAddExpr(IV, Rem); 7266 7267 // Record the access function and the size of the current subscript. 7268 Subscripts.push_back(Index); 7269 Sizes.push_back(GCD); 7270 7271 #ifndef NDEBUG 7272 int Size = Sizes.size(); 7273 DEBUG(dbgs() << "succeeded to delinearize " << *this << "\n"); 7274 DEBUG(dbgs() << "ArrayDecl[UnknownSize]"); 7275 for (int i = 0; i < Size - 1; i++) 7276 DEBUG(dbgs() << "[" << *Sizes[i] << "]"); 7277 DEBUG(dbgs() << " with elements of " << *Sizes[Size - 1] << " bytes.\n"); 7278 7279 DEBUG(dbgs() << "ArrayRef"); 7280 for (int i = 0; i < Size; i++) 7281 DEBUG(dbgs() << "[" << *Subscripts[i] << "]"); 7282 DEBUG(dbgs() << "\n)\n"); 7283 #endif 7284 7285 return Remainder; 7286 } 7287 7288 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7289 // SCEVCallbackVH Class Implementation 7290 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7291 7292 void ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::deleted() { 7293 assert(SE && "SCEVCallbackVH called with a null ScalarEvolution!"); 7294 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(getValPtr())) 7295 SE->ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN); 7296 SE->ValueExprMap.erase(getValPtr()); 7297 // this now dangles! 7298 } 7299 7300 void ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::allUsesReplacedWith(Value *V) { 7301 assert(SE && "SCEVCallbackVH called with a null ScalarEvolution!"); 7302 7303 // Forget all the expressions associated with users of the old value, 7304 // so that future queries will recompute the expressions using the new 7305 // value. 7306 Value *Old = getValPtr(); 7307 SmallVector<User *, 16> Worklist; 7308 SmallPtrSet<User *, 8> Visited; 7309 for (Value::use_iterator UI = Old->use_begin(), UE = Old->use_end(); 7310 UI != UE; ++UI) 7311 Worklist.push_back(*UI); 7312 while (!Worklist.empty()) { 7313 User *U = Worklist.pop_back_val(); 7314 // Deleting the Old value will cause this to dangle. Postpone 7315 // that until everything else is done. 7316 if (U == Old) 7317 continue; 7318 if (!Visited.insert(U)) 7319 continue; 7320 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(U)) 7321 SE->ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN); 7322 SE->ValueExprMap.erase(U); 7323 for (Value::use_iterator UI = U->use_begin(), UE = U->use_end(); 7324 UI != UE; ++UI) 7325 Worklist.push_back(*UI); 7326 } 7327 // Delete the Old value. 7328 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(Old)) 7329 SE->ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN); 7330 SE->ValueExprMap.erase(Old); 7331 // this now dangles! 7332 } 7333 7334 ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::SCEVCallbackVH(Value *V, ScalarEvolution *se) 7335 : CallbackVH(V), SE(se) {} 7336 7337 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7338 // ScalarEvolution Class Implementation 7339 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7340 7341 ScalarEvolution::ScalarEvolution() 7342 : FunctionPass(ID), ValuesAtScopes(64), LoopDispositions(64), BlockDispositions(64), FirstUnknown(0) { 7343 initializeScalarEvolutionPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry()); 7344 } 7345 7346 bool ScalarEvolution::runOnFunction(Function &F) { 7347 this->F = &F; 7348 LI = &getAnalysis<LoopInfo>(); 7349 TD = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayout>(); 7350 TLI = &getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfo>(); 7351 DT = &getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree(); 7352 return false; 7353 } 7354 7355 void ScalarEvolution::releaseMemory() { 7356 // Iterate through all the SCEVUnknown instances and call their 7357 // destructors, so that they release their references to their values. 7358 for (SCEVUnknown *U = FirstUnknown; U; U = U->Next) 7359 U->~SCEVUnknown(); 7360 FirstUnknown = 0; 7361 7362 ValueExprMap.clear(); 7363 7364 // Free any extra memory created for ExitNotTakenInfo in the unlikely event 7365 // that a loop had multiple computable exits. 7366 for (DenseMap<const Loop*, BackedgeTakenInfo>::iterator I = 7367 BackedgeTakenCounts.begin(), E = BackedgeTakenCounts.end(); 7368 I != E; ++I) { 7369 I->second.clear(); 7370 } 7371 7372 assert(PendingLoopPredicates.empty() && "isImpliedCond garbage"); 7373 7374 BackedgeTakenCounts.clear(); 7375 ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.clear(); 7376 ValuesAtScopes.clear(); 7377 LoopDispositions.clear(); 7378 BlockDispositions.clear(); 7379 UnsignedRanges.clear(); 7380 SignedRanges.clear(); 7381 UniqueSCEVs.clear(); 7382 SCEVAllocator.Reset(); 7383 } 7384 7385 void ScalarEvolution::getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const { 7386 AU.setPreservesAll(); 7387 AU.addRequiredTransitive<LoopInfo>(); 7388 AU.addRequiredTransitive<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>(); 7389 AU.addRequired<TargetLibraryInfo>(); 7390 } 7391 7392 bool ScalarEvolution::hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) { 7393 return !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(getBackedgeTakenCount(L)); 7394 } 7395 7396 static void PrintLoopInfo(raw_ostream &OS, ScalarEvolution *SE, 7397 const Loop *L) { 7398 // Print all inner loops first 7399 for (Loop::iterator I = L->begin(), E = L->end(); I != E; ++I) 7400 PrintLoopInfo(OS, SE, *I); 7401 7402 OS << "Loop "; 7403 L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false); 7404 OS << ": "; 7405 7406 SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 8> ExitBlocks; 7407 L->getExitBlocks(ExitBlocks); 7408 if (ExitBlocks.size() != 1) 7409 OS << "<multiple exits> "; 7410 7411 if (SE->hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount(L)) { 7412 OS << "backedge-taken count is " << *SE->getBackedgeTakenCount(L); 7413 } else { 7414 OS << "Unpredictable backedge-taken count. "; 7415 } 7416 7417 OS << "\n" 7418 "Loop "; 7419 L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false); 7420 OS << ": "; 7421 7422 if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(SE->getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L))) { 7423 OS << "max backedge-taken count is " << *SE->getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L); 7424 } else { 7425 OS << "Unpredictable max backedge-taken count. "; 7426 } 7427 7428 OS << "\n"; 7429 } 7430 7431 void ScalarEvolution::print(raw_ostream &OS, const Module *) const { 7432 // ScalarEvolution's implementation of the print method is to print 7433 // out SCEV values of all instructions that are interesting. Doing 7434 // this potentially causes it to create new SCEV objects though, 7435 // which technically conflicts with the const qualifier. This isn't 7436 // observable from outside the class though, so casting away the 7437 // const isn't dangerous. 7438 ScalarEvolution &SE = *const_cast<ScalarEvolution *>(this); 7439 7440 OS << "Classifying expressions for: "; 7441 F->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false); 7442 OS << "\n"; 7443 for (inst_iterator I = inst_begin(F), E = inst_end(F); I != E; ++I) 7444 if (isSCEVable(I->getType()) && !isa<CmpInst>(*I)) { 7445 OS << *I << '\n'; 7446 OS << " --> "; 7447 const SCEV *SV = SE.getSCEV(&*I); 7448 SV->print(OS); 7449 7450 const Loop *L = LI->getLoopFor((*I).getParent()); 7451 7452 const SCEV *AtUse = SE.getSCEVAtScope(SV, L); 7453 if (AtUse != SV) { 7454 OS << " --> "; 7455 AtUse->print(OS); 7456 } 7457 7458 if (L) { 7459 OS << "\t\t" "Exits: "; 7460 const SCEV *ExitValue = SE.getSCEVAtScope(SV, L->getParentLoop()); 7461 if (!SE.isLoopInvariant(ExitValue, L)) { 7462 OS << "<<Unknown>>"; 7463 } else { 7464 OS << *ExitValue; 7465 } 7466 } 7467 7468 OS << "\n"; 7469 } 7470 7471 OS << "Determining loop execution counts for: "; 7472 F->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false); 7473 OS << "\n"; 7474 for (LoopInfo::iterator I = LI->begin(), E = LI->end(); I != E; ++I) 7475 PrintLoopInfo(OS, &SE, *I); 7476 } 7477 7478 ScalarEvolution::LoopDisposition 7479 ScalarEvolution::getLoopDisposition(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) { 7480 SmallVector<std::pair<const Loop *, LoopDisposition>, 2> &Values = LoopDispositions[S]; 7481 for (unsigned u = 0; u < Values.size(); u++) { 7482 if (Values[u].first == L) 7483 return Values[u].second; 7484 } 7485 Values.push_back(std::make_pair(L, LoopVariant)); 7486 LoopDisposition D = computeLoopDisposition(S, L); 7487 SmallVector<std::pair<const Loop *, LoopDisposition>, 2> &Values2 = LoopDispositions[S]; 7488 for (unsigned u = Values2.size(); u > 0; u--) { 7489 if (Values2[u - 1].first == L) { 7490 Values2[u - 1].second = D; 7491 break; 7492 } 7493 } 7494 return D; 7495 } 7496 7497 ScalarEvolution::LoopDisposition 7498 ScalarEvolution::computeLoopDisposition(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) { 7499 switch (S->getSCEVType()) { 7500 case scConstant: 7501 return LoopInvariant; 7502 case scTruncate: 7503 case scZeroExtend: 7504 case scSignExtend: 7505 return getLoopDisposition(cast<SCEVCastExpr>(S)->getOperand(), L); 7506 case scAddRecExpr: { 7507 const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S); 7508 7509 // If L is the addrec's loop, it's computable. 7510 if (AR->getLoop() == L) 7511 return LoopComputable; 7512 7513 // Add recurrences are never invariant in the function-body (null loop). 7514 if (!L) 7515 return LoopVariant; 7516 7517 // This recurrence is variant w.r.t. L if L contains AR's loop. 7518 if (L->contains(AR->getLoop())) 7519 return LoopVariant; 7520 7521 // This recurrence is invariant w.r.t. L if AR's loop contains L. 7522 if (AR->getLoop()->contains(L)) 7523 return LoopInvariant; 7524 7525 // This recurrence is variant w.r.t. L if any of its operands 7526 // are variant. 7527 for (SCEVAddRecExpr::op_iterator I = AR->op_begin(), E = AR->op_end(); 7528 I != E; ++I) 7529 if (!isLoopInvariant(*I, L)) 7530 return LoopVariant; 7531 7532 // Otherwise it's loop-invariant. 7533 return LoopInvariant; 7534 } 7535 case scAddExpr: 7536 case scMulExpr: 7537 case scUMaxExpr: 7538 case scSMaxExpr: { 7539 const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(S); 7540 bool HasVarying = false; 7541 for (SCEVNAryExpr::op_iterator I = NAry->op_begin(), E = NAry->op_end(); 7542 I != E; ++I) { 7543 LoopDisposition D = getLoopDisposition(*I, L); 7544 if (D == LoopVariant) 7545 return LoopVariant; 7546 if (D == LoopComputable) 7547 HasVarying = true; 7548 } 7549 return HasVarying ? LoopComputable : LoopInvariant; 7550 } 7551 case scUDivExpr: { 7552 const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S); 7553 LoopDisposition LD = getLoopDisposition(UDiv->getLHS(), L); 7554 if (LD == LoopVariant) 7555 return LoopVariant; 7556 LoopDisposition RD = getLoopDisposition(UDiv->getRHS(), L); 7557 if (RD == LoopVariant) 7558 return LoopVariant; 7559 return (LD == LoopInvariant && RD == LoopInvariant) ? 7560 LoopInvariant : LoopComputable; 7561 } 7562 case scUnknown: 7563 // All non-instruction values are loop invariant. All instructions are loop 7564 // invariant if they are not contained in the specified loop. 7565 // Instructions are never considered invariant in the function body 7566 // (null loop) because they are defined within the "loop". 7567 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue())) 7568 return (L && !L->contains(I)) ? LoopInvariant : LoopVariant; 7569 return LoopInvariant; 7570 case scCouldNotCompute: 7571 llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!"); 7572 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!"); 7573 } 7574 } 7575 7576 bool ScalarEvolution::isLoopInvariant(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) { 7577 return getLoopDisposition(S, L) == LoopInvariant; 7578 } 7579 7580 bool ScalarEvolution::hasComputableLoopEvolution(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) { 7581 return getLoopDisposition(S, L) == LoopComputable; 7582 } 7583 7584 ScalarEvolution::BlockDisposition 7585 ScalarEvolution::getBlockDisposition(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) { 7586 SmallVector<std::pair<const BasicBlock *, BlockDisposition>, 2> &Values = BlockDispositions[S]; 7587 for (unsigned u = 0; u < Values.size(); u++) { 7588 if (Values[u].first == BB) 7589 return Values[u].second; 7590 } 7591 Values.push_back(std::make_pair(BB, DoesNotDominateBlock)); 7592 BlockDisposition D = computeBlockDisposition(S, BB); 7593 SmallVector<std::pair<const BasicBlock *, BlockDisposition>, 2> &Values2 = BlockDispositions[S]; 7594 for (unsigned u = Values2.size(); u > 0; u--) { 7595 if (Values2[u - 1].first == BB) { 7596 Values2[u - 1].second = D; 7597 break; 7598 } 7599 } 7600 return D; 7601 } 7602 7603 ScalarEvolution::BlockDisposition 7604 ScalarEvolution::computeBlockDisposition(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) { 7605 switch (S->getSCEVType()) { 7606 case scConstant: 7607 return ProperlyDominatesBlock; 7608 case scTruncate: 7609 case scZeroExtend: 7610 case scSignExtend: 7611 return getBlockDisposition(cast<SCEVCastExpr>(S)->getOperand(), BB); 7612 case scAddRecExpr: { 7613 // This uses a "dominates" query instead of "properly dominates" query 7614 // to test for proper dominance too, because the instruction which 7615 // produces the addrec's value is a PHI, and a PHI effectively properly 7616 // dominates its entire containing block. 7617 const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S); 7618 if (!DT->dominates(AR->getLoop()->getHeader(), BB)) 7619 return DoesNotDominateBlock; 7620 } 7621 // FALL THROUGH into SCEVNAryExpr handling. 7622 case scAddExpr: 7623 case scMulExpr: 7624 case scUMaxExpr: 7625 case scSMaxExpr: { 7626 const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(S); 7627 bool Proper = true; 7628 for (SCEVNAryExpr::op_iterator I = NAry->op_begin(), E = NAry->op_end(); 7629 I != E; ++I) { 7630 BlockDisposition D = getBlockDisposition(*I, BB); 7631 if (D == DoesNotDominateBlock) 7632 return DoesNotDominateBlock; 7633 if (D == DominatesBlock) 7634 Proper = false; 7635 } 7636 return Proper ? ProperlyDominatesBlock : DominatesBlock; 7637 } 7638 case scUDivExpr: { 7639 const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S); 7640 const SCEV *LHS = UDiv->getLHS(), *RHS = UDiv->getRHS(); 7641 BlockDisposition LD = getBlockDisposition(LHS, BB); 7642 if (LD == DoesNotDominateBlock) 7643 return DoesNotDominateBlock; 7644 BlockDisposition RD = getBlockDisposition(RHS, BB); 7645 if (RD == DoesNotDominateBlock) 7646 return DoesNotDominateBlock; 7647 return (LD == ProperlyDominatesBlock && RD == ProperlyDominatesBlock) ? 7648 ProperlyDominatesBlock : DominatesBlock; 7649 } 7650 case scUnknown: 7651 if (Instruction *I = 7652 dyn_cast<Instruction>(cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue())) { 7653 if (I->getParent() == BB) 7654 return DominatesBlock; 7655 if (DT->properlyDominates(I->getParent(), BB)) 7656 return ProperlyDominatesBlock; 7657 return DoesNotDominateBlock; 7658 } 7659 return ProperlyDominatesBlock; 7660 case scCouldNotCompute: 7661 llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!"); 7662 default: 7663 llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!"); 7664 } 7665 } 7666 7667 bool ScalarEvolution::dominates(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) { 7668 return getBlockDisposition(S, BB) >= DominatesBlock; 7669 } 7670 7671 bool ScalarEvolution::properlyDominates(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) { 7672 return getBlockDisposition(S, BB) == ProperlyDominatesBlock; 7673 } 7674 7675 namespace { 7676 // Search for a SCEV expression node within an expression tree. 7677 // Implements SCEVTraversal::Visitor. 7678 struct SCEVSearch { 7679 const SCEV *Node; 7680 bool IsFound; 7681 7682 SCEVSearch(const SCEV *N): Node(N), IsFound(false) {} 7683 7684 bool follow(const SCEV *S) { 7685 IsFound |= (S == Node); 7686 return !IsFound; 7687 } 7688 bool isDone() const { return IsFound; } 7689 }; 7690 } 7691 7692 bool ScalarEvolution::hasOperand(const SCEV *S, const SCEV *Op) const { 7693 SCEVSearch Search(Op); 7694 visitAll(S, Search); 7695 return Search.IsFound; 7696 } 7697 7698 void ScalarEvolution::forgetMemoizedResults(const SCEV *S) { 7699 ValuesAtScopes.erase(S); 7700 LoopDispositions.erase(S); 7701 BlockDispositions.erase(S); 7702 UnsignedRanges.erase(S); 7703 SignedRanges.erase(S); 7704 7705 for (DenseMap<const Loop*, BackedgeTakenInfo>::iterator I = 7706 BackedgeTakenCounts.begin(), E = BackedgeTakenCounts.end(); I != E; ) { 7707 BackedgeTakenInfo &BEInfo = I->second; 7708 if (BEInfo.hasOperand(S, this)) { 7709 BEInfo.clear(); 7710 BackedgeTakenCounts.erase(I++); 7711 } 7712 else 7713 ++I; 7714 } 7715 } 7716 7717 typedef DenseMap<const Loop *, std::string> VerifyMap; 7718 7719 /// replaceSubString - Replaces all occurrences of From in Str with To. 7720 static void replaceSubString(std::string &Str, StringRef From, StringRef To) { 7721 size_t Pos = 0; 7722 while ((Pos = Str.find(From, Pos)) != std::string::npos) { 7723 Str.replace(Pos, From.size(), To.data(), To.size()); 7724 Pos += To.size(); 7725 } 7726 } 7727 7728 /// getLoopBackedgeTakenCounts - Helper method for verifyAnalysis. 7729 static void 7730 getLoopBackedgeTakenCounts(Loop *L, VerifyMap &Map, ScalarEvolution &SE) { 7731 for (Loop::reverse_iterator I = L->rbegin(), E = L->rend(); I != E; ++I) { 7732 getLoopBackedgeTakenCounts(*I, Map, SE); // recurse. 7733 7734 std::string &S = Map[L]; 7735 if (S.empty()) { 7736 raw_string_ostream OS(S); 7737 SE.getBackedgeTakenCount(L)->print(OS); 7738 7739 // false and 0 are semantically equivalent. This can happen in dead loops. 7740 replaceSubString(OS.str(), "false", "0"); 7741 // Remove wrap flags, their use in SCEV is highly fragile. 7742 // FIXME: Remove this when SCEV gets smarter about them. 7743 replaceSubString(OS.str(), "<nw>", ""); 7744 replaceSubString(OS.str(), "<nsw>", ""); 7745 replaceSubString(OS.str(), "<nuw>", ""); 7746 } 7747 } 7748 } 7749 7750 void ScalarEvolution::verifyAnalysis() const { 7751 if (!VerifySCEV) 7752 return; 7753 7754 ScalarEvolution &SE = *const_cast<ScalarEvolution *>(this); 7755 7756 // Gather stringified backedge taken counts for all loops using SCEV's caches. 7757 // FIXME: It would be much better to store actual values instead of strings, 7758 // but SCEV pointers will change if we drop the caches. 7759 VerifyMap BackedgeDumpsOld, BackedgeDumpsNew; 7760 for (LoopInfo::reverse_iterator I = LI->rbegin(), E = LI->rend(); I != E; ++I) 7761 getLoopBackedgeTakenCounts(*I, BackedgeDumpsOld, SE); 7762 7763 // Gather stringified backedge taken counts for all loops without using 7764 // SCEV's caches. 7765 SE.releaseMemory(); 7766 for (LoopInfo::reverse_iterator I = LI->rbegin(), E = LI->rend(); I != E; ++I) 7767 getLoopBackedgeTakenCounts(*I, BackedgeDumpsNew, SE); 7768 7769 // Now compare whether they're the same with and without caches. This allows 7770 // verifying that no pass changed the cache. 7771 assert(BackedgeDumpsOld.size() == BackedgeDumpsNew.size() && 7772 "New loops suddenly appeared!"); 7773 7774 for (VerifyMap::iterator OldI = BackedgeDumpsOld.begin(), 7775 OldE = BackedgeDumpsOld.end(), 7776 NewI = BackedgeDumpsNew.begin(); 7777 OldI != OldE; ++OldI, ++NewI) { 7778 assert(OldI->first == NewI->first && "Loop order changed!"); 7779 7780 // Compare the stringified SCEVs. We don't care if undef backedgetaken count 7781 // changes. 7782 // FIXME: We currently ignore SCEV changes from/to CouldNotCompute. This 7783 // means that a pass is buggy or SCEV has to learn a new pattern but is 7784 // usually not harmful. 7785 if (OldI->second != NewI->second && 7786 OldI->second.find("undef") == std::string::npos && 7787 NewI->second.find("undef") == std::string::npos && 7788 OldI->second != "***COULDNOTCOMPUTE***" && 7789 NewI->second != "***COULDNOTCOMPUTE***") { 7790 dbgs() << "SCEVValidator: SCEV for loop '" 7791 << OldI->first->getHeader()->getName() 7792 << "' changed from '" << OldI->second 7793 << "' to '" << NewI->second << "'!\n"; 7794 std::abort(); 7795 } 7796 } 7797 7798 // TODO: Verify more things. 7799 } 7800